CN116253724A

CN116253724A - Novel Smad3 protein degradation agent and application thereof

Info

Publication number: CN116253724A
Application number: CN202111371038.6A
Authority: CN
Inventors: 马欣; 陈永峰; 赵存良; 王兆伏; 张玉华
Original assignee: Hejing Pharmaceutical Technology Shanghai Co ltd
Current assignee: Hejing Pharmaceutical Technology Shanghai Co ltd
Priority date: 2021-11-18
Filing date: 2021-11-18
Publication date: 2023-06-13

Abstract

The present invention relates to compounds of formula (X), or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate thereof, as well as pharmaceutical compositions and uses containing the compounds.

Description

Novel Smad3 protein degradation agent and application thereof

Technical Field

The present invention belongs to the field of pharmaceutical chemistry. In particular to a novel PROTAC molecule targeting Smad3 protein, a preparation method thereof and a pharmaceutical composition containing the compound.

Background

The ubiquitin-proteasome pathway is a more general way of degradation of endogenous proteins, where the proteins to be degraded are modified by ubiquitination and then broken down by the proteasome into smaller polypeptides, amino acids and re-usable ubiquitin. PROTAC ]proteolysis targeting chimeras), i.e., protein degradation targeting chimera, is an emerging field of intense research in recent years ^[1] . The PROTAC molecule can be generally divided into three parts, one end of which is a small molecule fragment (warrhead) which binds to a specific target protein, the other end of which is a ligand (E3 ligase ligand) of E3 ligase having ubiquitination function, and a linker (linker) which connects the two. The PROTAC molecule utilizes a protein ubiquitination degradation pathway of cells, and can selectively degrade target proteins. Specifically, as two ends of the PROTAC molecule are respectively ligand fragments of the target protein and the E3 ligase, the PROTAC molecule can be combined with the target protein and the E3 ligase at the same time, so that ubiquitination of the target protein is promoted, and the target protein is further recognized and degraded by a proteasome. The traditional small molecule inhibitor not only needs to have high binding force with the target protein, but also needs to be combined with the target protein, so that the functional activity of the target protein can be reduced. Unlike conventional small molecule inhibitors, PR The small molecule fragment in the OTAC molecule that binds to the target protein does not necessarily need to have an effect on the activity of the target protein, as long as it has a good binding force. This feature allows the PROTAC molecule to target some "non-patentable" targets in the traditional sense, such as transcription factors, scaffold proteins, etc ^[2] . Such proteins often lack significant active sites, making it difficult to exert their pharmacological effects using conventional small molecule inhibitors. Therefore, PROTAC has very wide application prospect. The currently reported PROTAC molecules are not only applied to some kinase targets common in the tumor field, such as EGFR ^[3] ，ALK ^[4] ，CDK ^[5] Etc. and can also be applied to BRD4 in the field of epigenetic inheritance ^[2,6] ，HDAC ^[7] And nuclear receptor AR ^[8] ，ER ^[9] Etc.

Proteins of the Smad family can be divided into three subgroups, R-Smad (receptor-regulated Smad), co-Smad (common-mediated Smad) and I-Smad (inhibitory Smad), according to their molecular structure and different biological functions. They act as transport proteins in the transforming growth factor-beta (transforming growth factor beta, TGF-beta) signaling pathway, involved in mediating extracellular TGF-beta signaling into the nucleus and regulating expression of the relevant target genes. After TGF-beta binds to type II receptor on cell membrane, recruits and activates type I receptor (ALK 5), thereby phosphorylating R-Smad in the cell; phosphorylated R-Smad forms a complex with Co-Smad and other transcription factors, and enters the nucleus to regulate transcription of downstream genes ^[10] . Smad3 is a member of R-Smad and mediates a series of biological reactions involved in TGF-beta signaling pathway, including promotion of cell epithelial-mesenchymal transition, promotion of tissue fibrosis, promotion of angiogenesis, promotion of immune escape of tumor, etc ^[11] 。

TGF-beta is currently known to be a key factor in promoting the fibrotic process of the kidney, and the transcription factor complex formed after Smad3 is activated by TGF-beta can be directly bound to a series of collagen formation gene promoter regions to promote the formation of matrix layers ^[12] . Smad3 gene knockout in mice can inhibit fibrosis in various kidney diseases ^[13-16] Overexpression of Smad7 to inhibit Smad in a mouse model of kidney disease3 activity can also effectively delay the kidney injury process ^[17] . A specific Smad3 small molecule inhibitor, SIS3, can effectively inhibit the renal fibrosis process in diabetic nephropathy and obstructive nephropathy mice model ^[18,19] . In addition, there are several studies suggesting that Smad3 plays an important role in the progression of various tumors ^[20] Smad3 gene knockout and pharmacological inhibition produced significant inhibition of cancer growth, invasion and metastasis in LLC lung cancer and B16F10 melanoma cell CDX mouse models ^[21] . These results suggest that Smad3 is a very promising target for tissue fibrosis and tumor treatment drugs.

Wang Xin et al, affiliated to the first Hospital of the university of Zhongshan, reported that PROTAC molecules targeting Smad3 proteins were degraded by recruiting Von Hippel-Lindau (VHL) E3 ligase ^[22] . In this patent application, a series of Smad3 PROTAC molecules were designed and synthesized that recruited cereblon E3 ligase and had better degradation of Smad3 protein than the literature compounds.

Disclosure of Invention

The invention aims at providing a PROTAC molecule capable of degrading Smad3 protein. In particular, in one aspect, the present invention provides a compound of formula (I), or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof:

wherein, the liquid crystal display device comprises a liquid crystal display device,

w is CRR' or c=o;

wherein R and R' are independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

l is NR';

wherein R' is independently selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

X ₁ is CR (CR) _X1 Or N;

X ₂ is CR (CR) _X2 Or N;

X ₃ is CR (CR) _X3 Or N;

X ₄ is CR (CR) _X4 Or N;

X ₅ is CR (CR) _X5 Or N;

wherein R is _X1 、R _X2 、R _X3 、R _X4 And R is _X5 Independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 Or N;

Y ₂ o, S or NR _Y2 ；

Wherein R is _Y1 Independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R _Y2 selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₁ and R is ₂ Independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

or R is ₁ And R is ₂ Are linked and together with the atoms to which they are attached form

Wherein Z is ₁ Is CR (CR) _Z1 Or N;

Z ₂ is CR (CR) _Z2 Or N;

Z ₃ is CR (CR) _Z3 Or N;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

wherein R is _Z1 、R _Z2 、R _Z3 And R is _Z4 Independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

L ₁ is CR (CR) ₁ R ₁ ’；

L ₂ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₃ "or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₄ "or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

L ₅ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₅ "or CR ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₆ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₆ "or CR ₆ R ₆ ’；

L ₇ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₇ "or CR ₇ R ₇ ’；

Or L ₁ 、L ₅ And L ₆ Each independently absent;

or-L ₆ -L ₇ -combining to form-ch=ch-or-c≡c-;

or L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form C _5-7 Cycloalkylene, 5-7 membered heterocyclylene, C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroarylene;

or L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together form C _5-7 Cycloalkylene, 5-7 membered heterocyclylene, C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroarylene;

or L ₃ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form C _5-7 Cycloalkylene, 5-7 membered heterocyclylene, C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroarylene;

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents C _5-7 Cycloalkylene, 5-7 membered heterocyclylene, C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroarylene;

or-L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents C _5-7 Cycloalkylene, 5-7 membered heterocyclylene, C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroarylene;

wherein R is ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₂ 、R ₂ ’、R ₃ 、R ₃ ’、R ₄ 、R ₄ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ 、R ₆ ’、 R ₇ And R is ₇ ' independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

or R is ₂ And R is ₂ ’、R ₃ And R is ₃ ’、R ₄ And R is ₄ ’、R ₅ And R is ₅ ’、R ₆ And R is ₆ ’、R ₇ And R is ₇ ' bond formation = O;

R ₂ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₃ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₄ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₅ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₆ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₇ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

In another aspect, the invention provides a process for the preparation of the compounds of the invention.

In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In particular embodiments, the compounds of the present invention are provided in a therapeutically effective amount. In particular embodiments, the compounds of the present invention are provided in a prophylactically effective amount.

In another aspect, the invention provides the use of a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutical composition of the invention in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of Smad3 protein mediated diseases.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating and/or preventing Smad3 protein-mediated diseases in a subject comprising administering to the subject a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.

In another aspect, the invention provides a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof, for use in the treatment and/or prevention of Smad3 protein-mediated diseases.

In another aspect, the Smad3 protein-mediated disease mentioned above is selected from autoimmune diseases and inflammation, tissue fibrosis, tumor, and the like.

Other objects and advantages of the present invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art from the detailed description, examples and claims that follow.

Drawings

FIG. 1 is a western blot of the degradation of Smad3 proteins by representative compounds of the invention.

Detailed Description

Definition of the definition

The definition of specific functional groups and chemical terms is described in more detail below.

When numerical ranges are listed, it is intended to include each and every value and subrange within the range. For example "C _1-6 Alkyl "includes C ₁ 、C ₂ 、C ₃ 、C ₄ 、C ₅ 、C ₆ 、C _1-6 、C _1-5 、C _1-4 、C _1-3 、C _1-2 、C _2-6 、 C _2-5 、C _2-4 、C _2-3 、C _3-6 、C _3-5 、C _3-4 、C _4-6 、C _4-5 And C _5-6 An alkyl group.

“C _1-6 Alkyl "refers to a straight or branched saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, also referred to herein as" lower alkyl ". In some embodiments, C _1-4 Alkyl groups are particularly preferred. Examples of such alkyl groups include, but are not limited to: methyl (C) ₁ ) Ethyl (C) ₂ ) N-propyl (C) ₃ ) Isopropyl (C) ₃ ) N-butyl (C) ₄ ) Tert-butyl (C) ₄ ) Sec-butyl (C) ₄ ) Isobutyl (C) ₄ ) N-pentyl (C) ₅ ) 3-pentyl (C) ₅ ) Amyl (C) ₅ ) Neopentyl (C) ₅ ) 3-methyl-2-butyl (C) ₅ ) Tert-amyl (C) ₅ ) And n-hexyl (C) ₆ ). Regardless of whether the alkyl group is previously modified with "substituted" or not, each of the alkyl groups is independently optionally substituted, e.g., 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents, or 1 substituent, with appropriate substituents being defined as follows.

"halo" or "halogen" refers to fluorine (F), chlorine (Cl), bromine (Br) and iodine (I). In some embodiments, the halogen group is F, cl or Br. In some embodiments, the halogen group is F or Cl. In some embodiments, the halogen group is F.

Thus, "C _1-6 Haloalkyl "means" C "as described above _1-6 Alkyl ", substituted with one or more halo groups. In some embodiments, C _1-4 Haloalkyl is particularly preferred, more preferably C _1-2 A haloalkyl group. Exemplary such haloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to: -CF ₃ 、-CH ₂ F、-CHF ₂ 、-CHFCH ₂ F、 -CH ₂ CHF ₂ 、-CF ₂ CF ₃ 、-CCl ₃ 、-CH ₂ Cl、-CHCl ₂ 2, 2-trifluoro-1, 1-dimethyl-ethyl, and the like.

“C _5-7 Cycloalkyl "refers to a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 7 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms. In some embodiments, C _5-6 Cycloalkyl and C ₆ Cycloalkyl groups are preferred. Cycloalkyl also includes ring systems in which the cycloalkyl ring is fused to one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups, where the point of attachment is on the cycloalkyl ring, and in such cases the number of carbons continues to represent the number of carbons in the cycloalkyl system. Exemplary such cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to: cyclopentyl (C) ₅ ) Cyclopentenyl (C) ₅ ) Bicyclo [1.1.1]Pent-1-yl (C) ₅ ) Cyclohexyl (C) ₆ ) Cyclohexenyl (C) ₆ ) Cyclohexadienyl (C) ₆ ) Cycloheptyl (C) ₇ ) Cycloheptenyl (C) ₇ ) Cycloheptadienyl (C) ₇ ) Cycloheptatrienyl (C) ₇ ) And so on. Each cycloalkyl group is independently optionally substituted, whether or not modified with "substituents" prior to cycloalkyl, e.g., 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituentsOr 1 substituent, suitable substituents are defined below.

"5-7 membered heterocyclyl" or refers to a 5-7 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-3 ring heteroatoms; in some embodiments, 5-to 6-membered heterocyclyl groups are preferred, which are 5-to 6-membered non-aromatic ring systems having a ring carbon atom and 1-3 ring heteroatoms. Heterocyclyl also includes ring systems in which the above heterocyclyl ring is fused to one or more cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups, wherein the point of attachment is on the heterocyclyl ring; and in such cases the number of ring members continues to represent the number of ring members in the heterocyclyl ring system. Regardless of whether the heterocyclic group is previously modified with "substituted" or not, each of the heterocyclic groups is independently optionally substituted, e.g., 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents, or 1 substituent, with appropriate substituents being defined as follows.

Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclic groups containing one heteroatom include, but are not limited to: tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, dihydrothienyl, pyrrolidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl and pyrrolyl-2, 5-dione. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, but are not limited to: dioxolanyl, oxathiolanyl (oxathiolanyl), dithiolanyl (disulfuranyl) and oxazolidin-2-one. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing three heteroatoms include, but are not limited to: triazolinyl, oxadiazolinyl and thiadiazolinyl. Exemplary 6 membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, but are not limited to: piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyridinyl and thianyl (thianyl). Exemplary 6 membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, but are not limited to: piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithiocyclohexenyl, and dioxanyl. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing three heteroatoms include, but are not limited to: hexahydrotriazinyl (triazinyl). Exemplary 7-membered heterocyclic groups containing one heteroatom include, but are not limited to: azepanyl, oxepinyl, and thiepanyl. Exemplary AND C ₆ Aryl ring fused 5-membered heterocyclyl groups (also referred to herein as 5, 6-bicyclic heterocyclyl groups) include, but are not limited to: indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, benzoxazoleA pinonyl group, and the like. Exemplary AND C ₆ Aryl ring fused 6 membered heterocyclyl (also referred to herein as 6, 6-bicyclic heterocyclyl) groups include, but are not limited to: tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and the like.

“C _6-10 Aryl "refers to a group of a mono-or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic or tricyclic) 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6 or 10 pi electrons shared in a cyclic arrangement) having 6-10 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms. In some embodiments, the aryl group has six ring carbon atoms ("C ₆ Aryl "; for example, phenyl). In some embodiments, aryl groups have ten ring carbon atoms ("C ₁₀ Aryl "; for example, naphthyl groups, such as 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl). In some embodiments, C ₆ Aryl groups are preferred. Aryl also includes ring systems in which the above aryl ring is fused to one or more cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl groups, and the point of attachment is on the aryl ring, in which case the number of carbon atoms continues to represent the number of carbon atoms in the aryl ring system. Regardless of whether the aryl group is previously modified with "substituted" or not, each of the aryl groups is independently optionally substituted, e.g., 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents, or 1 substituent, with appropriate substituents being defined as follows.

"5-7 membered heteroaryl" refers to a group of a 5-to 7-membered monocyclic or bicyclic 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6 or 10 pi electrons shared in a cyclic arrangement) having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In heteroaryl groups containing one or more nitrogen atoms, the point of attachment may be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as the valency permits. The heteroaryl bicyclic ring system may include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings. Heteroaryl also includes ring systems in which the above heteroaryl ring is fused to one or more cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl groups, and the point of attachment is on the heteroaryl ring, in which case the number of carbon atoms continues to represent the number of carbon atoms in the heteroaryl ring system. In some embodiments, 5-to 6-membered heteroaryl groups are particularly preferred, which are 5-6 membered monocyclic or bicyclic 4n+2 aromatic ring systems having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms. Regardless of whether the heteroaryl group is previously modified with "substituted" or not, each of the heteroaryl groups is independently optionally substituted, e.g., 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents, or 1 substituent, with appropriate substituents being defined as follows.

Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom include, but are not limited to: pyrrolyl, furanyl, and thienyl. Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing two heteroatoms include, but are not limited to: imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, and isothiazolyl. Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing three heteroatoms include, but are not limited to: triazolyl, oxadiazolyl and thiadiazolyl. Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing four heteroatoms include, but are not limited to: tetrazolyl. Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom include, but are not limited to: a pyridyl group. Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing two heteroatoms include, but are not limited to: pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl and pyrazinyl. Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing three or four heteroatoms include, but are not limited to: triazinyl and tetrazinyl. Exemplary 7-membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom include, but are not limited to: azetidinyl, oxepinyl, and thiepinyl. Exemplary 5, 6-bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to: indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazole, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, benzofuranyl, benzisotofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, indenazinyl and purinyl. Exemplary 6, 6-bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to: naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl and quinazolinyl.

“C _5-7 Cycloalkylene group, 5-7 membered heterocyclylene group, C _6-10 Arylene "or" 5-7 membered heteroarylene "means" C "as defined above _5-7 Cycloalkyl "," 5-7 membered heterocyclyl "," C _6-10 An aryl group "or" 5-7 membered heteroaryl group "is a divalent group formed by removing another hydrogen atom.

Exemplary substituents on carbon atoms include, but are not limited to: halogen, -CN, -NO ₂ 、-N ₃ 、 -SO ₂ H、-SO ₃ H、-OH、-OR ^aa 、-ON(R ^bb ) ₂ 、-N(R ^bb ) ₂ 、-N(R ^bb ) ₃ ⁺ X ^- 、-N(OR ^cc )R ^bb 、 -SH、-SR ^aa 、-SSR ^cc 、-C(＝O)R ^aa 、-CO ₂ H、-CHO、-C(OR ^cc ) ₂ 、-CO ₂ R ^aa 、-OC(＝O)R ^aa 、 -OCO ₂ R ^aa 、-C(＝O)N(R ^bb ) ₂ 、-OC(＝O)N(R ^bb ) ₂ 、-NR ^bb C(＝O)R ^aa 、-NR ^bb CO ₂ R ^aa 、 -NR ^bb C(＝O)N(R ^bb ) ₂ 、-C(＝NR ^bb )R ^aa 、-C(＝NR ^bb )OR ^aa 、-OC(＝NR ^bb )R ^aa 、 -OC(＝NR ^bb )OR ^aa 、-C(＝NR ^bb )N(R ^bb ) ₂ 、-OC(＝NR ^bb )N(R ^bb ) ₂ 、 -NR ^bb C(＝NR ^bb )N(R ^bb ) ₂ 、-C(＝O)NR ^bb SO ₂ R ^aa 、-NR ^bb SO ₂ R ^aa 、-SO ₂ N(R ^bb ) ₂ 、 -SO ₂ R ^aa 、-SO ₂ OR ^aa 、-OSO ₂ R ^aa 、-S(＝O)R ^aa 、-OS(＝O)R ^aa 、-Si(R ^aa ) ₃ 、-OSi(R ^aa ) ₃ 、 -C(＝S)N(R ^bb ) ₂ 、-C(＝O)SR ^aa 、-C(＝S)SR ^aa 、-SC(＝S)SR ^aa 、-SC(＝O)SR ^aa 、 -OC(＝O)SR ^aa 、-SC(＝O)OR ^aa 、-SC(＝O)R ^aa 、-P(＝O) ₂ R ^aa 、-OP(＝O) ₂ R ^aa 、 -P(＝O)(R ^aa ) ₂ 、-OP(＝O)(R ^aa ) ₂ 、-OP(＝O)(OR ^cc ) ₂ 、-P(＝O) ₂ N(R ^bb ) ₂ 、 -OP(＝O) ₂ N(R ^bb ) ₂ 、-P(＝O)(NR ^bb ) ₂ 、-OP(＝O)(NR ^bb ) ₂ 、-NR ^bb P(＝O)(OR ^cc ) ₂ 、 -NR ^bb P(＝O)(NR ^bb ) ₂ 、-P(R ^cc ) ₂ 、-P(R ^cc ) ₃ 、-OP(R ^cc ) ₂ 、-OP(R ^cc ) ₃ 、-B(R ^aa ) ₂ 、-B(OR ^cc ) ₂ 、 -BR ^aa (OR ^cc ) Alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5R ^dd Group substitution;

or two geminal hydrogen-cover groups on carbon atom=o, =s, =nn (R ^bb ) ₂ 、＝NNR ^bb C(＝O)R ^aa 、＝NNR ^bb C(＝O)OR ^aa 、＝NNR ^bb S(＝O) ₂ R ^aa 、＝NR ^bb Or=nor ^cc Substitution;

R ^aa independently selected from alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, or two R ^aa The groups combine to form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5R ^dd Group substitution;

R ^bb independently selected from: hydrogen, -OH, -OR ^aa 、-N(R ^cc ) ₂ 、-CN、-C(＝O)R ^aa 、 -C(＝O)N(R ^cc ) ₂ 、-CO ₂ R ^aa 、-SO ₂ R ^aa 、-C(＝NR ^cc )OR ^aa 、-C(＝NR ^cc )N(R ^cc ) ₂ 、 -SO ₂ N(R ^cc ) ₂ 、-SO ₂ R ^cc 、-SO ₂ OR ^cc 、-SOR ^aa 、-C(＝S)N(R ^cc ) ₂ 、-C(＝O)SR ^cc 、 -C(＝S)SR ^cc 、-P(＝O) ₂ R ^aa 、-P(＝O)(R ^aa ) ₂ 、-P(＝O) ₂ N(R ^cc ) ₂ 、-P(＝O)(NR ^cc ) ₂ Alkyl, haloalkaneRadicals, alkenyl radicals, alkynyl radicals, carbocyclyl radicals, heterocyclyl radicals, aryl radicals and heteroaryl radicals, or two R radicals ^bb The groups combine to form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5R ^dd Group substitution;

R ^cc independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, or two R ^cc The groups combine to form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5R ^dd Group substitution;

R ^dd independently selected from: halogen, -CN, -NO ₂ 、-N ₃ 、-SO ₂ H、-SO ₃ H、-OH、 -OR ^ee 、-ON(R ^ff ) ₂ 、-N(R ^ff ) ₂ ,、-N(R ^ff ) ₃ ⁺ X ^- 、-N(OR ^ee )R ^ff 、-SH、-SR ^ee 、-SSR ^ee 、 -C(＝O)R ^ee 、-CO ₂ H、-CO ₂ R ^ee 、-OC(＝O)R ^ee 、-OCO ₂ R ^ee 、-C(＝O)N(R ^ff ) ₂ 、 -OC(＝O)N(R ^ff ) ₂ 、-NR ^ff C(＝O)R ^ee 、-NR ^ff CO ₂ R ^ee 、-NR ^ff C(＝O)N(R ^ff ) ₂ 、 -C(＝NR ^ff )OR ^ee 、-OC(＝NR ^ff )R ^ee 、-OC(＝NR ^ff )OR ^ee 、-C(＝NR ^ff )N(R ^ff ) ₂ 、 -OC(＝NR ^ff )N(R ^ff ) ₂ 、-NR ^ff C(＝NR ^ff )N(R ^ff ) ₂ 、-NR ^ff SO ₂ R ^ee 、-SO ₂ N(R ^ff ) ₂ 、-SO ₂ R ^ee 、 -SO ₂ OR ^ee 、-OSO ₂ R ^ee 、-S(＝O)R ^ee 、-Si(R ^ee ) ₃ 、-OSi(R ^ee ) ₃ 、-C(＝S)N(R ^ff ) ₂ 、 -C(＝O)SR ^ee 、-C(＝S)SR ^ee 、-SC(＝S)SR ^ee 、-P(＝O) ₂ R ^ee 、-P(＝O)(R ^ee ) ₂ 、-OP(＝O)(R ^ee ) ₂ 、 -OP(＝O)(OR ^ee ) ₂ Alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5R ^gg Substituted by a group, or by two gem R ^dd Substituents may combine to form =o or =s;

R ^ee is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5R ^gg Group substitution;

R ^ff independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, or two R ^ff The groups combine to form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5R ^gg Group substitution;

R ^gg independently is: halogen, -CN, -NO ₂ 、-N ₃ 、-SO ₂ H、-SO ₃ H、-OH、 -OC _1-6 Alkyl, -ON (C) _1-6 Alkyl group ₂ 、-N(C _1-6 Alkyl group ₂ 、-N(C _1-6 Alkyl group ₃ ⁺ X ^- 、-NH(C _1-6 Alkyl group ₂ ⁺ X ^- 、-NH ₂ (C _1-6 Alkyl group ⁺ X ^- 、-NH ₃ ⁺ X ^- 、-N(OC _1-6 Alkyl) (C) _1-6 Alkyl), -N (OH) (C _1-6 Alkyl), -NH (OH), -SH, -SC _1-6 Alkyl, -SS (C) _1-6 Alkyl), -C (=o) (C _1-6 Alkyl) -CO ₂ H、 -CO ₂ (C _1-6 Alkyl), -OC (=o) (C _1-6 Alkyl), -OCO ₂ (C _1-6 Alkyl), -C (=O) NH ₂ 、 -C(＝O)N(C _1-6 Alkyl group ₂ 、-OC(＝O)NH(C _1-6 Alkyl), -NHC (=o) (C _1-6 Alkyl), -N (C) _1-6 Alkyl) C (=O) (C _1-6 Alkyl), -NHCO ₂ (C _1-6 Alkyl), -NHC (=o) N (C) _1-6 Alkyl group ₂ 、 -NHC(＝O)NH(C _1-6 Alkyl), -NHC (=o) NH ₂ 、-C(＝NH)O(C _1-6 Alkyl), -OC (=nh) (C _1-6 Alkyl), -OC (=nh) OC _1-6 Alkyl, -C (=nh) N (C _1-6 Alkyl group ₂ 、-C(＝NH)NH(C _1-6 Alkyl), -C (=nh) NH ₂ 、-OC(＝NH)N(C _1-6 Alkyl group ₂ 、-OC(NH)NH(C _1-6 Alkyl), -OC (NH) NH ₂ 、 -NHC(NH)N(C _1-6 Alkyl group ₂ 、-NHC(＝NH)NH ₂ 、-NHSO ₂ (C _1-6 Alkyl), -SO ₂ N(C _1-6 Alkyl group ₂ 、-SO ₂ NH(C _1-6 Alkyl), -SO ₂ NH ₂ 、-SO ₂ C _1-6 Alkyl, -SO ₂ OC _1-6 Alkyl, -OSO ₂ C _1-6 Alkyl, -SOC _1-6 Alkyl, -Si (C) _1-6 Alkyl group ₃ 、-OSi(C _1-6 Alkyl group ₃ 、-C(＝S)N(C _1-6 Alkyl group ₂ 、 C(＝S)NH(C _1-6 Alkyl), C (=S) NH ₂ 、-C(＝O)S(C _1-6 Alkyl), -C (=S) SC _1-6 Alkyl, -SC (=s) SC _1-6 Alkyl, -P (=o) ₂ (C _1-6 Alkyl), -P (=o) (C _1-6 Alkyl group ₂ 、-OP(＝O)(C _1-6 Alkyl group ₂ 、 -OP(＝O)(OC _1-6 Alkyl group ₂ 、C _1-6 Alkyl, C _1-6 Haloalkyl, C ₂ -C ₆ Alkenyl, C ₂ -C ₆ Alkynyl, C ₃ -C ₇ Carbocyclyl, C ₆ -C ₁₀ Aryl, C ₃ -C ₇ Heterocyclyl, C ₅ -C ₁₀ Heteroaryl; or two gem R ^gg Substituents may combine to form =o or =s; wherein X is ^- Is a counter ion.

ExampleSubstituents on the nitrogen atom include, but are not limited to: hydrogen, -OH, -OR ^aa 、-N(R ^cc ) ₂ 、 -CN、-C(＝O)R ^aa 、-C(＝O)N(R ^cc ) ₂ 、-CO ₂ R ^aa 、-SO ₂ R ^aa 、-C(＝NR ^bb )R ^aa 、 -C(＝NR ^cc )OR ^aa 、-C(＝NR ^cc )N(R ^cc ) ₂ 、-SO ₂ N(R ^cc ) ₂ 、-SO ₂ R ^cc 、-SO ₂ OR ^cc 、-SOR ^aa 、 -C(＝S)N(R ^cc ) ₂ 、-C(＝O)SR ^cc 、-C(＝S)SR ^cc 、-P(＝O) ₂ R ^aa 、-P(＝O)(R ^aa ) ₂ 、 -P(＝O) ₂ N(R ^cc ) ₂ 、-P(＝O)(NR ^cc ) ₂ Alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl, or two R's attached to a nitrogen atom ^cc The groups combine to form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5R ^dd Substituted with radicals, and wherein R ^aa 、R ^bb 、R ^cc And R is ^dd As described above.

The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to those salts which, within the scope of sound medical judgment, are suitable for contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are described in detail in Berge et al, J.pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66:1-19. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention include salts derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and inorganic and organic bases. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acid addition salts are salts with inorganic acids, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid, or salts with organic acids, such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid. Also included are salts formed using methods conventional in the art Such as ion exchange methods. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include: adipic acid salts, alginates, ascorbates, aspartate, benzenesulfonates, benzoates, bisulfate, borates, butyrates, camphorites, camphorsulfonates, citrates, cyclopentapropionates, digluconates, lauryl sulfate, ethanesulfonates, formates, fumarates, gluconate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, caproate, hydroiodites, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonates, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonates, 2-naphthalenesulfonates, nicotinates, nitrates, oleates, oxalates, palmates, pamoate, pectinates, persulfates, 3-phenylpropionates, phosphates, bitrates, pivalates, propionates, stearates, succinates, sulfates, tartrates, thiocyanates, p-toluenesulfonates, undecanoates, valerates, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts derived from suitable bases include alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, ammonium and N ⁺ (C _1-4 Alkyl group ₄ And (3) salt. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium salts, and the like. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, if appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium and amine cations formed with counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, lower alkyl sulfonate and aryl sulfonate.

The "subject" to be administered includes, but is not limited to: a human (i.e., male or female of any age group, e.g., pediatric subjects (e.g., infants, children, adolescents) or adult subjects (e.g., young adults, middle aged adults, or senior adults)) and/or a non-human animal, e.g., a mammal, e.g., a primate (e.g., cynomolgus monkey, rhesus monkey), cow, pig, horse, sheep, goat, rodent, cat, and/or dog. In some embodiments, the subject is a human. In some embodiments, the subject is a non-human animal. The terms "human", "patient" and "subject" are used interchangeably herein.

"disease," "disorder," and "condition" are used interchangeably herein.

As used herein, unless otherwise indicated, the term "treating" includes an effect that occurs when a subject has a particular disease, disorder, or condition, which reduces the severity of the disease, disorder, or condition, or delays or slows the progression of the disease, disorder, or condition ("therapeutic treatment"), as well as an effect that occurs before the subject begins to have the particular disease, disorder, or condition ("prophylactic treatment").

"combination" and related terms refer to the simultaneous or sequential administration of the therapeutic agents of the present invention. For example, the compounds of the invention may be administered simultaneously or sequentially in separate unit dosage forms with another therapeutic agent, or simultaneously in a single unit dosage form with another therapeutic agent.

Compounds of formula (I)

Herein, "the compounds of the present invention" refers to the following compounds of formula (X) and formulae (I) to (V) (including subsets of the formulae), or tautomers, stereoisomers, prodrugs, crystalline forms, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates or solvates thereof.

In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of formula (X), or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof:

w is CRR' or c=o;

l is NR';

X ₁ is CR (CR) _X1 Or N;

X ₂ is CR (CR) _X2 Or N;

X ₃ is CR (CR) _X3 Or N;

X ₄ is CR (CR) _X4 Or N;

X ₅ is CR (CR) _X5 Or N;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 Or N;

Y ₂ o, S or NR _Y2 ；

R _Y2 selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

Wherein Z is ₁ Is CR (CR) _Z1 Or N;

Z ₂ is CR (CR) _Z2 Or N;

Z ₃ is CR (CR) _Z3 Or N;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

L ₁ is CR (CR) ₁ R ₁ ’；

L ₂ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₃ "or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₄ "or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

L ₅ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₅ "or CR ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₆ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₆ "or CR ₆ R ₆ ’；

L ₇ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₇ "or CR ₇ R ₇ ’；

Or L ₁ 、L ₅ And L ₆ Each independently absent;

or-L ₆ -L ₇ -combining to form-ch=ch-or-c≡c-;

R ₂ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₃ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₄ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₅ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₆ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₇ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time;

ra is selected from D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.

n is preferably 0 or 1, ra is preferably fluorine, chlorine, bromine, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, monofluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, -CH ₂ CH ₂ F、-CH ₂ CHF ₂ 、-CH ₂ CF ₃ A monobromo-substituted ethyl group or a dibromo-substituted ethyl group.

In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound of formula (I), or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof:

w is CRR' or c=o;

l is NR';

X ₁ is CR (CR) _X1 Or N;

X ₂ is CR (CR) _X2 Or N;

X ₃ is CR (CR) _X3 Or N;

X ₄ is CR (CR) _X4 Or N;

X ₅ is CR (CR) _X5 Or N;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 Or N;

Y ₂ o, S or NR _Y2 ；

R _Y2 selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

Wherein Z is ₁ Is CR (CR) _Z1 Or N;

Z ₂ is CR (CR) _Z2 Or N;

Z ₃ is CR (CR) _Z3 Or N;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

L ₁ is CR (CR) ₁ R ₁ ’；

L ₂ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₃ "or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₄ "or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

L ₅ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₅ "or CR ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₆ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₆ "or CR ₆ R ₆ ’；

L ₇ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₇ "or CR ₇ R ₇ ’；

Or L ₁ 、L ₅ And L ₆ Each independently absent;

or-L ₆ -L ₇ -combining to form-ch=ch-or-c≡c-;

or L ₃ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form C _5-7 Cycloalkylene, 5-7 membered heterocyclylene, C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroaryleneA base;

R ₂ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₃ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₄ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₅ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₆ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₇ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

W

In one embodiment, W is CRR'; in another embodiment, W is CH ₂ The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, W is c=o.

In a more specific embodiment, R and R' are independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group; in another embodiment, R and R' are independently selected from H, D, halogen and C _1-6 An alkyl group; in another specific embodiment, R and R' are independently selected from H, D and halogen; in another embodiment, R and R' are independently selected from H and D.

L

In one embodiment, L is NR "; in another embodiment, L is NH.

In a more specific embodiment, R' is independently selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group; in another embodiment, R' is C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group; in another embodiment, R' is C _1-6 An alkyl group; in another embodiment, R' is C _1-6 A haloalkyl group.

X ₁ 、X ₂ 、X ₃ 、X ₄ And X ₅

In one embodiment, X ₁ Is CR (CR) _X1 The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, X ₁ CH; in another embodiment, X ₁ Is N;

in one embodiment, X ₂ Is CR (CR) _X2 The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, X ₂ CH; in another embodiment, X ₂ Is N;

in one embodiment, X ₃ Is CR (CR) _X3 The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, X ₃ CH; in another embodiment, X ₃ Is N;

in one embodiment, X ₄ Is CR (CR) _X4 The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, X ₄ CH; in another embodiment, X ₄ Is N;

in one embodiment, X ₅ Is CR (CR) _X5 The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, X ₅ CH; in another embodiment, X ₅ Is N.

In a more specific embodiment, R _X1 、R _X2 、R _X3 、R _X4 And R is _X5 Independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group; in another embodiment, R _X1 、R _X2 、R _X3 、 R _X4 And R is _X5 Independently selected from H, D, halogen or C _1-6 An alkyl group; in another embodiment, R _X1 、R _X2 、R _X3 、R _X4 And R is _X5 Independently selected from H or D; in another embodiment, R _X1 、R _X2 、R _X3 、R _X4 And R is _X5 Independently C _1-6 An alkyl group; in another embodiment, R _X1 、R _X2 、R _X3 、R _X4 And R is _X5 Independently C _1-6 A haloalkyl group.

Y ₁ And Y ₂

In one embodiment, Y ₁ Is CR (CR) _Y1 The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, Y ₁ CH; in another embodiment, Y ₁ Is N.

In one embodiment, Y ₂ Is O; in another embodiment, Y ₂ S is the same as the original formula; in another embodiment, Y ₂ Is NR (NR) _Y2 The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, Y ₂ Is NMe; in another embodiment, Y ₂ Is NH.

In a more specific embodiment, R _Y1 Independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group; in another embodiment, R _Y1 Independently selected from H, D, halogen or C _1-6 An alkyl group; in another embodiment, R _Y1 Independently selected from H or D; in another embodiment, R _Y1 Is C _1-6 An alkyl group; in another embodiment, R _Y1 Is C _1-6 A haloalkyl group.

In a more specific embodiment, R _Y2 Selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group; in another embodiment, R _Y2 Selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group; in another embodiment, R _Y2 Selected from H; in another embodiment, R _Y2 Is C _1-6 An alkyl group; in another embodiment, R _Y2 Is C _1-6 A haloalkyl group.

R ₁ And R is ₂

In one embodiment, R ₁ And R is ₂ Is H; in another embodiment, R ₁ And R is ₂ Is D; in another embodiment, R ₁ And R is ₂ Is halogen; in another embodiment, R ₁ And R is ₂ Is C _1-6 An alkyl group; in another embodiment, R ₁ And R is ₂ Is C _1-6 A haloalkyl group.

In another embodiment, R ₁ And R is ₂ Are linked and together with the atoms to which they are attached form

In a more specific embodiment, Z ₁ Is CR (CR) _Z1 The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, Z ₁ CH; in another embodiment, Z ₁ Is N;

in a more specific embodiment, Z ₂ Is CR (CR) _Z2 The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, Z ₂ CH; in another embodiment, Z ₂ Is N;

in a more specific embodiment, Z ₃ Is CR (CR) _Z3 The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, Z ₃ CH; in another embodiment, Z ₃ Is N;

in a more specific embodiment, Z ₄ Is CR (CR) _Z4 The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, Z ₄ CH; in another embodiment, Z ₄ Is N.

In a more specific embodiment, R _Z1 、R _Z2 、R _Z3 And R is _Z4 Independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group; in another embodiment, R _Z1 、R _Z2 、R _Z3 And R is _Z4 Independently selected from H, D, halogen or C _1-6 An alkyl group; in another embodiment, R _Z1 、R _Z2 、 R _Z3 And R is _Z4 Independently selected from H, D or halogen; in another embodiment, R _Z1 、R _Z2 、 R _Z3 And R is _Z4 Independently selected from H or D.

L ₁ 、L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ 、L ₅ 、L ₆ And L ₇

In one embodiment, L ₁ Is CR (CR) ₁ R ₁ 'A'; in another embodiment, L ₁ Is CH ₂ The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, L ₁ Absence of;

in one embodiment, L ₂ Is O; in another embodiment, L ₂ S is the same as the original formula; in another embodiment, L ₂ Is NR (NR) ₂ "; in another embodiment, L ₂ Is NH; in another embodiment, L ₂ Is NMe; in another embodiment, L ₂ Is CR (CR) ₂ R ₂ 'A'; in another embodiment, L ₂ Is CH ₂ The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, L ₂ C=o;

in one embodiment, L ₃ Is O; in another embodiment, L ₃ S is the same as the original formula; in another embodiment, L ₃ Is NR (NR) ₃ "; in another embodiment, L ₃ Is NH; in another embodiment, L ₃ Is NMe; in another embodiment, L ₃ Is CR (CR) ₃ R ₃ 'A'; in another embodiment, L ₃ Is CH ₂ The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, L ₃ C=o;

in one embodiment, L ₄ Is O; in another embodiment, L ₄ S is the same as the original formula; in another oneIn one embodiment, L ₄ Is NR (NR) ₄ "; in another embodiment, L ₄ Is NH; in another embodiment, L ₄ Is NMe; in another embodiment, L ₄ Is CR (CR) ₄ R ₄ 'A'; in another embodiment, L ₄ Is CH ₂ The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, L ₄ C=o;

in one embodiment, L ₅ Is O; in another embodiment, L ₅ S is the same as the original formula; in another embodiment, L ₅ Is NR (NR) ₅ "; in another embodiment, L ₅ Is NH; in another embodiment, L ₅ Is NMe; in another embodiment, L ₅ Is CR (CR) ₅ R ₅ 'A'; in another embodiment, L ₅ Is CH ₂ The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, L ₅ C=o; in another embodiment, L ₅ Absence of;

in one embodiment, L ₆ Is O; in another embodiment, L ₆ S is the same as the original formula; in another embodiment, L ₆ Is NR (NR) ₆ "; in another embodiment, L ₆ Is NH; in another embodiment, L ₆ Is NMe; in another embodiment, L ₆ Is CR (CR) ₆ R ₆ 'A'; in another embodiment, L ₆ Is CH ₂ The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, L ₆ C=o; in another embodiment, L ₆ Absence of;

in one embodiment, L ₇ Is O; in another embodiment, L ₇ S is the same as the original formula; in another embodiment, L ₇ Is NH; in another embodiment, L ₇ Is CH ₂ The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the In another embodiment, L ₇ C=o;

in another embodiment, -L ₆ -L ₇ -combining to form-ch=ch-; in another embodiment, -L ₆ -L ₇ -combine to form-c≡c-.

In another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form C _5-7 Cycloalkylene, 5-7 membered heterocyclylene, C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroarylene; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form C _5-7 A cycloalkylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 5-7 membered heterocyclylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form C _6-10 Arylene groups; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 5-7 membered heteroarylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、 L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 1, 4-phenylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 2, 5-pyridylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 2, 5-pyrimidinylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 2, 5-pyrazinylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、 L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form

In another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is taken from (a)A substituent is connected with L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form->

In another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form->

In another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、 L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form

In another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form

In another embodimentWherein L is ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form

In another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、 L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 1, 4-pyrazolylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 1, 3-pyrazolylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 1, 3-pyrrolylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 1, 4-triazolylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 2, 5-thiadiazolylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a tetrazolylene group.

In another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together form C _5-7 Cycloalkylene, 5-7 membered heterocyclylene, C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroarylene; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together form C _5-7 A cycloalkylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together forming a 5-7 membered heterocyclylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together form C _6-10 Arylene groups; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together forming a 5-7 membered heteroarylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together forming a 1, 3-phenylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together forming a 2, 6-pyridylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、 L ₃ And L ₄ Together forming a 2, 4-pyridylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together forming a 3, 5-pyridylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together forming a 2, 4-pyrimidinylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together forming a 4, 6-pyrimidinylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together forming a 2, 6-pyrazinylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together forming a 1, 4-triazolylene group; in another embodiment, L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together with the formation of 2,5-triazolylene.

In another embodiment, L ₃ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form C _5-7 Cycloalkylene, 5-7 membered heterocyclylene, C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroarylene; in another embodiment, L ₃ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form C _5-7 A cycloalkylene group; in another embodiment, L ₃ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 5-7 membered heterocyclylene group; in another embodiment, L ₃ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form C _6-10 Arylene groups; in another embodiment, L ₃ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 5-7 membered heteroarylene group; in another embodiment, L ₃ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 1, 3-phenylene group; in another embodiment, L ₃ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 2, 6-pyridylene group; in another embodiment, L ₃ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₃ 、 L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 2, 4-pyridylene group; in another embodiment, L ₃ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 3, 5-pyridylene group; in another embodiment, L ₃ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 2, 4-pyrimidinylene group; in another embodiment, L ₃ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 4, 6-pyrimidinylene group; in another embodiment, L ₃ And L ₅ Is connected with substituent groups of (2)And is connected with L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 2, 6-pyrazinylene group; in another embodiment, L ₃ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 1, 4-triazolylene group; in another embodiment, L ₃ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 2, 5-triazolylene group.

In another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents C _5-7 Cycloalkylene, 5-7 membered heterocyclylene, C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroarylene; in another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents C _5-7 A cycloalkylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 5-7 membered heterocyclylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents C _6-10 Arylene groups; in another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 5-to 7-membered heteroarylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 1, 4-phenylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 2, 5-pyridinyl group; in another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 2, 5-pyrimidinylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 2, 5-pyrazinylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -representation of

In another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -representation of

In another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -representation->

In another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -representation->

In another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -representation->

In another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -representation->

In another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -representation->

In another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -representation->

In another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -representation- >

In another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -representation->

In another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 1, 3-phenylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 2, 6-pyridinyl group; in another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 2, 4-pyridylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 3, 5-pyridylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 2, 4-pyrimidinylene group; at the position ofIn another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 4, 6-pyrimidinylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 2, 6-pyrazinylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 1, 4-triazolylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 2, 5-triazolylene group.

In another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents C _5-7 Cycloalkylene, 5-7 membered heterocyclylene, C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroarylene; in another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents C _5-7 A cycloalkylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents a 5-7 membered heterocyclylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents C _6-10 Arylene groups; in another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents a 5-to 7-membered heteroarylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents a 1, 4-phenylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents a 2, 5-pyridinyl group; in another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents a 2, 5-pyrimidinylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents a 2, 5-pyrazinylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -representation of

In another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -representation of

In another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -representation->

In another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -representation->

In another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -representation->

In another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -representation->

In another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -representation->

In another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -representation->

In another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -representation->

In another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -representation->

In another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents a 1, 3-phenylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents a 2, 6-pyridinyl group; in another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents a 2, 4-pyridylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents a 3, 5-pyridylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents a 2, 4-pyrimidinylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents a 4, 6-pyrimidinylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents a 2, 6-pyrazinylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents a 1, 4-triazolylene group; in another embodiment, -L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents a 2, 5-triazolylene group.

R ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₂ 、R ₂ ’、R ₃ 、R ₃ ’、R ₄ 、R ₄ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ 、R ₆ ’、R ₇ And R is ₇ ’

In one embodiment, R ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₂ 、R ₂ ’、R ₃ 、R ₃ ’、R ₄ 、R ₄ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、 R ₆ 、R ₆ ’、R ₇ And R is ₇ ' independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group; in another embodiment, R ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₂ 、R ₂ ’、R ₃ 、R ₃ ’、R ₄ 、R ₄ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ 、 R ₆ ’、R ₇ And R is ₇ ' independently selected from H, D, halogen or C _1-6 An alkyl group; in another embodiment, R ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₂ 、R ₂ ’、R ₃ 、R ₃ ’、R ₄ 、R ₄ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ 、R ₆ ’、R ₇ And R is ₇ ' is independently selected from H, D or halogen; in another embodiment, R ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₂ 、R ₂ ’、R ₃ 、R ₃ ’、R ₄ 、 R ₄ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ 、R ₆ ’、R ₇ And R is ₇ ' is independently selected from H or D.

In another embodiment, R ₂ And R is ₂ ' bond formation = O; in another embodiment, R ₃ And R is ₃ ' bond formation = O; in another embodiment, R ₄ And R is ₄ ' bond formation = O; in another embodiment, R ₅ And R is ₅ ' bond formation = O; in another embodiment, R ₆ And R is ₆ ' bond formation = O; in another embodiment, R ₇ And R is ₇ ' bond formation = O.

R ₂ ”、R ₃ ”、R ₄ ’、R ₅ ”、R ₆ "and R ₇ ”

In one embodiment, R ₂ "is H; in another embodiment, R ₂ "is C _1-6 An alkyl group; in another embodiment, R ₂ "is C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

in one embodiment, R ₃ "is H; in another embodiment, R ₃ "is C _1-6 An alkyl group; in another embodiment, R ₃ "is C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

in one embodiment, R ₄ "is H; in another embodiment, R ₄ "is C _1-6 An alkyl group; in another embodiment, R ₄ "is C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

in one embodiment, R ₅ "is H; in another embodiment, R ₅ "is C _1-6 An alkyl group; in another embodiment, R ₅ "is C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

in one embodiment, R ₆ "is H; in another embodiment, R ₆ "is C _1-6 An alkyl group; in another embodiment, R ₆ "is C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

in one embodiment, R ₇ "is H; in another embodiment, R ₇ "is C _1-6 An alkyl group; in another embodiment, R ₇ "is C _1-6 A haloalkyl group.

Any one of the above embodiments or any combination thereof may be combined with any one of the other embodiments or any combination thereof. For example, any one of the aspects of W or any combination thereof can be combined with L, X ₁ -X ₅ 、Y ₁ -Y ₂ 、R ₁ -R ₂ And L ₁ -L ₇ Any one of the aspects or any combination thereof. The invention is intended to include all such combinations, limited to the extent that they are not listed.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein W is c=o.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein L is NH.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein X ₂ Is N.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein Y ₁ Is CR (CR) _Y1 CH is preferred.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein Y ₂ O or S, preferably O.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein R ₁ And R is ₂ Are linked and together with the atoms to which they are attached form

Preferably, wherein Z ₁ 、Z ₂ 、 Z ₃ And Z ₄ CR respectively _Z1 、CR _Z2 、CR _Z3 And CR (CR) _Z4 Preferably CH; preferably Z ₁ 、Z ₂ 、 Z ₃ And Z ₄ CH, CH and N, respectively.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein L ₂ For O, S or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；L ₃ For O, S or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；L ₄ For O, S or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；L ₅ For O, S or CR ₅ R ₅ ’；L ₆ For O, S or CR ₆ R ₆ ’。

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein L ₇ O, S, NH or CH ₂ The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the or-L ₆ -L ₇ -combine to form-ch=ch-or-c≡c-.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form C _6-10 Aryl rings or 5-to 7-membered heteroarylene, preferably 1, 4-phenylene.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together form C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroaryleneRadical, preferably 1, 3-phenylene.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents C _5-7 Cycloalkylene radical,

Or C _6-10 Arylene radicals, preferably->

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, which is a compound of the formula:

/>

/>

wherein each group is as defined above.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, that is a compound of formula (II) or (II-a):

w is CRR' or c=o;

l is NR';

X ₁ is CR (CR) _X1 Or N;

X ₂ is CR (CR) _X2 Or N; preferably N;

X ₃ Is CR (CR) _X3 Or N;

X ₄ is CR (CR) _X4 Or N;

X ₅ is CR (CR) _X5 ；

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 Or N;

Y ₂ o, S or NR _Y2 ；

R _Y2 selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

Z ₁ is CR (CR) _Z1 Or N;

Z ₂ is CR (CR) _Z2 Or N;

Z ₃ is CR (CR) _Z3 Or N;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

L ₂ o, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₃ "or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₄ "or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

L ₅ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₅ "or CR ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₁ And L ₆ CR respectively ₁ R ₁ ' and CR ₆ R ₆ ’；

Or L ₁ 、L ₅ And L ₆ Each independently absent;

wherein R is ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₂ 、R ₂ ’、R ₃ 、R ₃ ’、R ₄ 、R ₄ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ And R is ₆ ' independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

or R is ₂ And R is ₂ ’、R ₃ And R is ₃ ’、R ₄ And R is ₄ ’、R ₅ And R is ₅ ’、R ₆ And R is ₆ ' bond formation = O;

R ₂ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₃ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₄ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₅ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound of formula (II) above, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is CRR' or c=o;

wherein R and R' are independently selected from H or D;

l is NH;

X ₁ is CR (CR) _X1 Or N;

X ₂ is CR (CR) _X2 Or N; preferably N;

X ₃ is CR (CR) _X3 Or N;

X ₄ is CR (CR) _X4 Or N;

X ₅ is CR (CR) _X5 ；

Wherein R is _X1 、R _X2 、R _X3 、R _X4 And R is _X5 Independently selected from H or D;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 Or N;

Y ₂ o, S or NR _Y2 ；

Wherein R is _Y1 Independently selected from H or D;

R _Y2 selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group;

Z ₁ is CR (CR) _Z1 Or N;

Z ₂ is CR (CR) _Z2 Or N;

Z ₃ is CR (CR) _Z3 Or N;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

wherein R is _Z1 、R _Z2 、R _Z3 And R is _Z4 Independently selected from H or D;

L ₂ o, NR of a shape of O, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ O, NR of a shape of O, NR ₃ "or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ O, NR of a shape of O, NR ₄ "or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

L ₁ 、L ₅ And L ₆ CR respectively ₁ R ₁ ’、CR ₅ R ₅ ' and CR ₆ R ₆ ’；

Or L ₁ 、L ₅ And L ₆ Each independently absent;

or L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form 1, 4-phenylene or

Or L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together forming a 1, 3-phenylene group;

or L ₃ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 1, 3-phenylene or 2, 6-pyridylene group;

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents 1, 4-phenylene,

or-L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents a 1, 4-phenylene group;

wherein R is ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₂ 、R ₂ ’、R ₃ 、R ₃ ’、R ₄ 、R ₄ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ And R is ₆ ' is independently selected from H or D;

R ₂ "selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group;

R ₃ "selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group;

R ₄ "selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, that is a compound of formula (II-1) or (II-1-a):

w is CRR' or c=o;

X ₁ is CR (CR) _X1 Or N;

X ₂ is CR (CR) _X2 Or N; preferably N;

X ₃ is CR (CR) _X3 Or N;

X ₄ is CR (CR) _X4 Or N;

X ₅ is CR (CR) _X5 ；

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Y ₂ O, S or NR _Y2 ；

R _Y2 selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

wherein R is _Z4 Selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

L ₂ o, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ For O, S or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ For O, S or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

L ₁ 、L ₅ And L ₆ CR respectively ₁ R ₁ ’、CR ₅ R ₅ ' and CR ₆ R ₆ 'A'; or L ₅ Absence of;

or L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form C _5-7 Cycloalkylene, 5-to 7-membered heterocyclylene or C _6-10 Arylene groups;

or L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together form C _5-7 Cycloalkylene, 5-to 7-membered heterocyclylene or C _6-10 Arylene groups;

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents C _5-7 Cycloalkylene, C _6-10 Arylene or

Wherein R is ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₂ 、R ₂ ’、R ₃ 、R ₃ ’、R ₄ 、R ₄ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ And R is ₆ ' independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 HaloalkanesA base;

R ₂ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

provided that when Y ₂ When O is, L ₁ 、L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ 、L ₅ And L ₆ Can not be CH at the same time ₂ ；

Provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound of formula (II-1) above, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

W is CRR' or c=o;

wherein R and R' are independently selected from H or D;

X ₁ is CR (CR) _X1 Or N;

X ₂ is CR (CR) _X2 Or N; preferably N;

X ₃ is CR (CR) _X3 Or N;

X ₄ is CR (CR) _X4 Or N;

X ₅ is CR (CR) _X5 ；

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Y ₂ O, S or NR _Y2 ；

Wherein R is _Y1 Independently selected from H or D;

R _Y2 selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

wherein R is _Z4 Selected from H or D;

L ₂ o, NR of a shape of O, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ Is O or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ Is O or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents 1, 4-phenylene or

R ₂ "selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group;

Provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, that is a compound of formula (II-2) or (II-2-a):

w is CRR' or c=o;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Y ₂ O, S or NR _Y2 ；

R _Y2 selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

L ₂ o, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ For O, S or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₁ 、L ₄ 、L ₅ And L ₆ CR respectively ₁ R ₁ ’、CR ₄ R ₄ ’、CR ₅ R ₅ ' and CR ₆ R ₆ ’；

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents C _5-7 Cycloalkylene, C _6-10 Arylene or

R ₂ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

Provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound of formula (II-2) above, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

W is CRR' or c=o;

wherein R and R' are independently selected from H or D;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Y ₂ O, S or NR _Y2 ；

Wherein R is _Y1 Independently selected from H or D;

R _Y2 selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

wherein R is _Z4 Selected from H or D;

L ₂ o, NR of a shape of O, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ Is O or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

Or L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 1, 4-phenylene group;

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents 1, 4-phenylene or

R ₂ "selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group;

Provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

w is CRR' or c=o;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Wherein R is _Y1 Independently selected from H, D and halogenElement, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

Y ₂ is O or S;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

L ₁ 、L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ 、L ₅ and L ₆ CR respectively ₁ R ₁ ’、CR ₂ R ₂ ’、CR ₃ R ₃ ’、CR ₄ R ₄ ’、 CR ₅ R ₅ ' and CR ₆ R ₆ ’；

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents C _5-7 Cycloalkylene, 5-to 7-membered heterocyclylene or C _6-10 Arylene groups;

provided that when Y ₂ When O is, L ₁ 、L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ 、L ₅ And L ₆ Can not be CH at the same time ₂ 。

w is CRR' or c=o;

wherein R and R' are independently selected from H or D;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Wherein R is _Y1 Independently selected from H or D;

Y ₂ is O or S;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

wherein R is _Z4 Selected from H or D;

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 1, 4-phenylene group;

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, that is a compound of formula (III-3) or (III-a):

w is CRR' or c=o;

L ₂ o, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₃ "or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₄ "or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

L ₅ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₅ "or CR ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₁ And L ₆ CR respectively ₁ R ₁ ' and CR ₆ R ₆ ’；

R ₂ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₃ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₄ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₅ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound of formula (III-3) above, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is c=o;

L ₂ is O or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ O, NR of a shape of O, NR ₃ "or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

R ₃ "selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

W is CRR' or c=o;

L ₃ for O, S or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₁ 、L ₂ 、L ₄ 、L ₅ And L ₆ CR respectively ₁ R ₁ ’、CR ₂ R ₂ ’、CR ₄ R ₄ ’、CR ₅ R ₅ ' and CR ₆ R ₆ ’；

Wherein R is ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₂ 、R ₂ ’、R ₄ 、R ₄ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ And R is ₆ ' independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

or R is ₂ And R is ₂ ’、R ₃ And R is ₃ ’、R ₄ And R is ₄ ’、R ₅ And R is ₅ ’、R ₆ And R is ₆ ' bond formation = O.

w is c=o;

L ₃ is O or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

Wherein R is ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₂ 、R ₂ ’、R ₃ 、R ₃ ’、R ₄ 、R ₄ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ And R is ₆ ' is independently selected from H or D.

w is CRR' or c=o;

L ₃ is O or S;

w is c=o;

L ₃ is O;

Wherein R is ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₂ 、R ₂ ’、R ₄ 、R ₄ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ And R is ₆ ' is independently selected from H or D.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, that is a compound of formula (IV-3) or (IV-3-a):

/>

w is CRR' or c=o;

L ₂ o, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₃ "or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₄ "or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

L ₅ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₅ "or CR ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₁ And L ₆ CR respectively ₁ R ₁ ' and CR ₆ R ₆ ’；

R ₂ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₃ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₄ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₅ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound of formula (IV-3) above, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is c=o;

L ₂ is O or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ Is O or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ Is O or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be O at the same time.

w is CRR' or c=o;

L ₂ for O, S or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ For O, S or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

w is c=o;

L ₂ is O or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ Is O or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

Or L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 1, 4-phenylene, 2, 5-pyridylene, 1, 4-pyrazolylene, 1, 3-pyrrolylene, 1, 4-triazolylene, 2, 5-thiadiazolylene or tetrazolylene group;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be O at the same time.

W is CRR' or c=o;

L ₃ for O, S or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

w is c=o;

L ₃ is O or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, that is a compound of formula (V-2) or (V-2-a):

w is CRR' or c=o;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Y ₂ O, S or NR _Y2 ；

R _Y2 selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

L ₁ is CR (CR) ₁ R ₁ ’；

L ₅ Is CR (CR) ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₆ Is CR (CR) ₆ R ₆ ' or not present;

L ₇ o, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₇ "or CR ₇ R ₇ ’；

L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form C _6-10 Arylene, 5-7 membered heteroarylene or

Preferably C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroarylene;

or L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together form C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroarylene;

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents C _6-10 Arylene, 5-7 membered heteroarylene or

Wherein R is ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ 、R ₆ ’、R ₇ And R is ₇ ' independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₇ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound of formula (V-2) above, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is CRR' or c=o;

wherein R and R' are independently selected from H or D;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Y ₂ Is O or S;

wherein R is _Y1 Independently selected from H or D;

L ₁ is CR (CR) ₁ R ₁ ’；

L ₅ Is CR (CR) ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₆ Is CR (CR) ₆ R ₆ ' or not present;

L ₇ o, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₇ "or CR ₇ R ₇ ’；

L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form 1, 4-phenylene, 1, 4-triazolylene or

Preferably 1, 4-phenylene or 1, 4-triazolylene;

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents 1, 4-phenylene or

Wherein R is ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ 、R ₆ ’、R ₇ And R is ₇ ' is independently selected from H or D;

R ₇ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group.

w is CRR' or c=o;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Y ₂ O, S or NR _Y2 ；

R _Y2 selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

L ₁ is CR (CR) ₁ R ₁ ’；

L ₅ Is CR (CR) ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₆ Is CR (CR) ₆ R ₆ ’；

L ₇ Is S or NR ₇ ”；

L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroarylene;

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroarylene;

wherein R is ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ And R is ₆ ' independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₇ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group.

W is CRR' or c=o;

wherein R and R' are independently selected from H or D;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Y ₂ Is O or S;

wherein R is _Y1 Independently selected from H or D;

L ₁ is CR (CR) ₁ R ₁ ’；

L ₅ Is CR (CR) ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₆ Is CR (CR) ₆ R ₆ ’；

L ₇ S or NH;

L ₂ and L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together forming a 1, 4-phenylene or 1, 4-triazolylene group;

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 1, 4-phenylene group;

wherein R is ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ And R is ₆ ' is independently selected from H or D.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to the above compound, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, that is a compound of formula (V-3) or (V-3-a):

w is CRR' or c=o;

L ₂ o, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₃ "or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₄ "or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

L ₅ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₅ "or CR ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₆ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₆ "or CR ₆ R ₆ ’；

L ₁ And L ₇ CR respectively ₁ R ₁ ' and CR ₇ R ₇ ’；

or-L ₆ -L ₇ -combining to form-ch=ch-or-c≡c-;

R ₂ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₃ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₄ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₅ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₆ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

In a more specific embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound of formula (V-3) above, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is c=o;

L ₂ is O or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ Is O or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ Is O or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

L ₁ 、L ₅ 、L ₆ And L ₇ CR respectively ₁ R ₁ ’、CR ₅ R ₅ ’、CR ₆ R ₆ ' and CR ₇ R ₇ ’；

or-L ₆ -L ₇ -combine to form-c≡c-;

wherein R is ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₂ 、R ₂ ’、R ₃ 、R ₃ ’、R ₄ 、R ₄ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ 、R ₆ ’、 R ₇ And R is ₇ ' is independently selected from H or D;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be O at the same time.

w is CRR' or c=o;

L ₂ is O or S;

L ₁ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ and L ₅ CR respectively ₁ R ₁ ’、CR ₃ R ₃ ’、CR ₄ R ₄ ' and CR ₅ R ₅ ’；

-L ₆ -L ₇ -combining to form-ch=ch-or-c≡c-;

wherein R is ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₃ 、R ₃ ’、R ₄ 、R ₄ ’、R ₅ And R is ₅ ' independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

Or R is ₃ And R is ₃ ’、R ₄ And R is ₄ ’、R ₅ And R is ₅ ' bond formation = O.

w is c=o;

L ₂ is O;

-L ₆ -L ₇ -combine to form-c≡c-;

wherein R is ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₃ 、R ₃ ’、R ₄ 、R ₄ ’、R ₅ And R is ₅ ' is independently selected from H or D.

w is CRR' or c=o;

L ₂ for O, S or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ For O, S or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₁ 、L ₄ 、L ₅ 、L ₆ And L ₇ CR respectively ₁ R ₁ ’、CR ₄ R ₄ ’、CR ₅ R ₅ ’、CR ₆ R ₆ ' and CR ₇ R ₇ ’；

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

W is c=o;

L ₂ is O or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ Is O or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be O at the same time.

In another more specific embodiment, the invention relates to the following compounds, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof:

/>

/>

/>

/>

/>

/>

/>

/>

/>

/>

/>

/>

furthermore, the present invention is also intended to exclude specific compounds disclosed in the contradictory applications of the present invention.

The compounds of the invention may include one or more asymmetric centers and thus may exist in a variety of stereoisomeric forms, for example, enantiomeric and/or diastereomeric forms. For example, the compounds of the invention may be individual enantiomers, diastereomers, or geometric isomers (e.g., cis and trans isomers), or may be in the form of mixtures of stereoisomers, including racemic mixtures and mixtures enriched in one or more stereoisomers. The isomers may be separated from the mixtures by methods known to those skilled in the art, including: chiral High Pressure Liquid Chromatography (HPLC), formation and crystallization of chiral salts; alternatively, preferred isomers may be prepared by asymmetric synthesis.

"tautomer" refers to a compound in which one functional group changes its structure to another functional group isomer and can rapidly interconvert to two isomers in dynamic equilibrium, and the two isomers are called tautomers.

Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the organic compound may form a complex with a solvent in or from which it reacts or from which it precipitates or crystallizes. These complexes are referred to as "solvates". When the solvent is water, the complex is referred to as a "hydrate". The present invention encompasses all solvates of the compounds of the present invention.

The term "solvate" refers to a form of a compound or salt thereof that is bound to a solvent, typically formed by a solvolysis reaction. This physical association may include hydrogen bonding. Conventional solvents include water, methanol, ethanol, acetic acid, DMSO, THF, diethyl ether, and the like. The compounds described herein may be prepared, for example, in crystalline form, and may be solvated. Suitable solvates include pharmaceutically acceptable solvates and further include stoichiometric solvates and non-stoichiometric solvates. In some cases, the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example, when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated into the crystal lattice of a crystalline solid. "solvate" includes both solvates in solution and separable solvates. Representative solvates include hydrates, ethanolates and methanolates.

The term "hydrate" refers to a compound that binds to water. Generally, the ratio of the number of water molecules contained in a hydrate of a compound to the number of molecules of the compound in the hydrate is determined. Thus, the hydrates of the compounds can be used, for example, of the formula R x H ₂ O represents, wherein R is the compound, and x is a number greater than 0. A given compound may form more than one hydrate type, including, for example, monohydrate (x is 1), lower hydrate (x is a number greater than 0 and less than 1, e.g., hemihydrate (r.0.5H) ₂ O)) and polyhydrates (x is a number greater than 1, e.g., dihydrate (r.2 2H) ₂ O) and hexahydrate (r.6H) ₂ O))。

The compounds of the present invention may be in amorphous or crystalline form (crystalline or polymorphic). Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention may exist in one or more crystalline forms. Accordingly, the present invention includes within its scope all amorphous or crystalline forms of the compounds of the present invention. The term "polymorph" refers to a crystalline form (or salt, hydrate or solvate thereof) of a compound of a particular crystal stacking arrangement. All polymorphs have the same elemental composition. Different crystalline forms typically have different X-ray diffraction patterns, infrared spectra, melting points, densities, hardness, crystal shapes, optoelectronic properties, stability and solubility. Recrystallization solvent, crystallization rate, storage temperature, and other factors can lead to a crystalline form predominating. Various polymorphs of a compound can be prepared by crystallization under different conditions.

The invention also includes isotopically-labelled compounds, which are identical to those recited in formula (I), but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur, fluorine and chlorine, respectively, for example ² H、 ³ H、 ¹³ C、 ¹¹ C、 ¹⁴ C、 ¹⁵ N、 ¹⁸ O、 ¹⁷ O、 ³¹ P、 ³² P、 ³⁵ S、 ¹⁸ F and F ³⁶ Cl. The compounds of the invention, prodrugs thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds or prodrugs thereof, which contain the isotopes described above and/or other isotopes of other atoms, are within the scope of this invention. Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention, e.g., for incorporation of a radioisotope (e.g. ³ H and ¹⁴ c) Those useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritium, i.e. tritium ³ H and carbon-14 ¹⁴ The C isotopes are particularly preferred because they are easy to prepare and detect. Further, substitution by heavier isotopes, e.g. deuterium, i.e ² H may be preferred in some cases because higher metabolic stability may provide therapeutic benefits, such as extended in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements. Isotopically-labeled compounds of formula (I) of the present invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the schemes and/or examples and preparations below by substituting a readily available isotopically-labeled reagent for a non-isotopically-labeled reagent.

In addition, prodrugs are also included within the context of the present invention. The term "prodrug" as used herein refers to a compound that is converted in vivo by hydrolysis, e.g. in blood, into its active form having a medical effect. Pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs are described in t.higuchi and v.stilla, prodrugs as Novel Delivery Systems, a.c. s.symposium Series vol.14, edward b.roche, ed., bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, american Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press,1987, and d.fleisher, s.ramon and h.barbra "Improved oral drug delivery: solubility limitations overcome by the use of prodrugs ", advanced Drug Delivery Reviews (1996) 19 (2) 115-130, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.

Prodrugs are any covalently bonded compounds of the invention which, when administered to a patient, release the parent compound in vivo. Prodrugs are typically prepared by modifying functional groups in such a way that the modification may be performed by conventional procedures or cleavage in vivo to yield the parent compound. Prodrugs include, for example, compounds of the invention wherein a hydroxy, amino, or sulfhydryl group is bonded to any group that, when administered to a patient, may cleave to form the hydroxy, amino, or sulfhydryl group. Representative examples of prodrugs therefore include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate/amide derivatives of hydroxy, mercapto and amino functional groups of compounds of formula (I). In addition, in the case of carboxylic acid (-COOH), esters such as methyl ester, ethyl ester, and the like can be used. The esters themselves may be active and/or may be hydrolysed under in vivo conditions in the human body. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable in vivo hydrolysable ester groups include those groups which readily decompose in the human body to release the parent acid or salt thereof.

Pharmaceutical compositions, formulations and kits

In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the invention (also referred to as an "active ingredient") and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises an effective amount of an active ingredient. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a therapeutically effective amount of an active ingredient. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a prophylactically effective amount of the active ingredient.

Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients for use in the present invention refer to non-toxic carriers, adjuvants or vehicles that do not destroy the pharmacological activity of the co-formulated compounds. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles that can be used in the compositions of the invention include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins (e.g., human serum albumin), buffer substances (e.g., phosphates), glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes (e.g., protamine sulfate), disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, silica gel, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol, and lanolin.

The invention also includes kits (e.g., pharmaceutical packages). Kits provided can include a compound of the invention, other therapeutic agent, and first and second containers (e.g., vials, ampoules, bottles, syringes, and/or dispersible packages or other suitable containers) containing a compound of the invention, other therapeutic agent. In some embodiments, the provided kits may also optionally include a third container containing pharmaceutically acceptable excipients for diluting or suspending the compounds of the invention and/or other therapeutic agents. In some embodiments, the compounds of the invention and other therapeutic agents provided in the first and second containers are combined to form one unit dosage form.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be administered by a number of routes including, but not limited to: oral, parenteral, inhalation, topical, rectal, nasal, buccal, vaginal, by implantation or other means of administration. For example, parenteral administration as used herein includes subcutaneous, intradermal, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarticular, intraarterial, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intramuscularly, and intracranial injection or infusion techniques.

Typically, an effective amount of a compound provided herein is administered. The amount of the compound actually administered may be determined by a physician, according to the circumstances involved, including the condition being treated, the route of administration selected, the compound actually administered, the age, weight and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient's symptoms, and the like.

When used to prevent a disorder of the present invention, a subject at risk of developing the disorder is administered a compound provided herein, typically based on physician recommendations and administered under the supervision of a physician, at a dosage level as described above. Subjects at risk for developing a particular disorder generally include subjects having a family history of the disorder, or those subjects determined by genetic testing or screening to be particularly susceptible to developing the disorder.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may also be administered chronically ("chronically"). Chronic administration refers to administration of a compound or pharmaceutical composition thereof over a prolonged period of time, e.g., 3 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 5 years, etc., or may continue administration indefinitely, e.g., for the remainder of the subject's life. In some embodiments, chronic administration is intended to provide a constant level of the compound in the blood over a prolonged period of time, e.g., within a therapeutic window.

Various methods of administration may be used to further deliver the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention. For example, in some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition may be administered as a bolus, e.g., in order to rapidly increase the concentration of the compound in the blood to an effective level. Bolus doses depend on the targeted systemic level of the active ingredient, e.g., intramuscular or subcutaneous bolus doses cause slow release of the active ingredient, whereas bolus injections delivered directly to veins (e.g., by IV intravenous drip) can be delivered more rapidly, causing the concentration of the active ingredient in the blood to rise rapidly to effective levels. In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition may be administered in the form of a continuous infusion, for example, by IV intravenous drip, thereby providing a steady state concentration of the active ingredient in the subject's body. Furthermore, in other embodiments, a bolus dose of the pharmaceutical composition may be administered first, followed by continuous infusion.

Oral compositions may take the form of bulk liquid solutions or suspensions or bulk powders. More typically, however, the compositions are provided in unit dosage form in order to facilitate accurate dosing. The term "unit dosage form" refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human patients and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material suitable for producing the desired therapeutic effect in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient. Typical unit dosage forms include pre-filled, pre-measured ampoules or syringes of liquid compositions, or in the case of solid compositions, pills, tablets, capsules and the like. In such compositions, the compound is typically a minor component (about 0.1 to about 50 wt.%, or preferably about 1 to about 40 wt.%) with the remainder being various carriers or excipients and processing aids useful for forming the desired administration form.

For oral doses, a typical regimen is one to five oral doses per day, especially two to four oral doses, typically three oral doses. Using these modes of dosing, each dose provides from about 0.01 to about 20mg/kg of a compound of the invention, with preferred doses each providing from about 0.1 to about 10mg/kg, especially from about 1 to about 5mg/kg.

In order to provide similar blood levels to, or lower than, the use of an injected dose, a transdermal dose is typically selected in an amount of about 0.01 to about 20% by weight, preferably about 0.1 to about 10% by weight, and more preferably about 0.5 to about 15% by weight.

From about 1 to about 120 hours, especially 24 to 96 hours, the injection dosage level is in the range of about 0.1 mg/kg/hour to at least 10 mg/kg/hour. To achieve adequate steady state levels, a preloaded bolus of about 0.1mg/kg to about 10mg/kg or more may also be administered. For human patients of 40 to 80kg, the maximum total dose cannot exceed about 2 g/day.

Liquid forms suitable for oral administration may include suitable aqueous or nonaqueous carriers, buffers, suspending and dispersing agents, colorants, flavors, and the like. Solid forms may include, for example, any of the following components, or compounds having similar properties: binders, for example microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; excipients, for example starch or lactose, disintegrants, for example alginic acid, primogel or corn starch; lubricants, for example, magnesium stearate; glidants, for example, colloidal silicon dioxide; sweeteners, for example, sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent, for example, peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.

Injectable compositions are typically based on sterile saline or phosphate buffered saline for injectable use, or other injectable excipients known in the art. As previously mentioned, in such compositions, the active compound is typically a minor component, often about 0.05 to 10% by weight, the remainder being an injectable excipient or the like.

Transdermal compositions are typically formulated as topical ointments or creams containing the active ingredient. When formulated as ointments, the active ingredients are typically combined with a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be formulated as a cream with, for example, an oil-in-water cream base. Such transdermal formulations are well known in the art and typically include other components for enhancing stable skin penetration of the active ingredient or formulation. All such known transdermal formulations and compositions are included within the scope provided by the present invention.

The compounds of the invention may also be administered via a transdermal device. Transdermal administration may thus be achieved using a reservoir (reservoir) or porous membrane type, or a variety of solid matrix patches.

The above components of the compositions for oral administration, injection or topical administration are merely representative. Other materials and processing techniques, etc. are set forth in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences,17th edition,1985,Mack Publishing Company,Easton,Pennsylvania, section 8, incorporated herein by reference.

The compounds of the present invention may also be administered in sustained release form, or from a sustained release delivery system. A description of representative sustained release materials can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences.

The invention also relates to pharmaceutically acceptable formulations of the compounds of the invention. In one embodiment, the formulation comprises water. In another embodiment, the formulation comprises a cyclodextrin derivative. The most common cyclodextrins are α -, β -and γ -cyclodextrins consisting of 6, 7 and 8 α -1, 4-linked glucose units, respectively, optionally including one or more substituents on the linked sugar moiety, including but not limited to: methylated, hydroxyalkylated, acylated and sulfoalkyl ether substitutions. In some embodiments, the cyclodextrin is a sulfoalkyl ether β -cyclodextrin, e.g., sulfobutyl ether β -cyclodextrin, also known as Captisol. See, for example, U.S.5,376,645. In some embodiments, the formulation comprises hexapropyl- β -cyclodextrin (e.g., 10-50% in water).

Pharmaceutical combination

The compounds of the present invention may be used in combination with one or more other active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions or methods for the treatment of the diseases and conditions described herein. Other additional active ingredients include other therapeutic agents or agents that mitigate the adverse effects of the therapeutic agent against the intended disease target. The combinations may be used to increase efficacy, improve other disease symptoms, reduce one or more negative effects, or reduce the required dose of the compounds of the invention. The additional active ingredients may be formulated as separate pharmaceutical compositions from the compounds of the present invention or may be included in a single pharmaceutical composition with the compounds of the present invention. The additional active ingredient may be administered simultaneously with, before or after the administration of the compounds of the invention.

Detailed Description

The invention is further illustrated below in connection with specific examples, but the invention is not limited to these examples.

Examples

Preparation of Compounds of formula I

The invention also provides a preparation method of the compound shown in the formula I and an intermediate thereof, wherein the scheme comprises the following steps:

scheme one:

the starting amine 1 (or salt thereof) is condensed with acid 2 under the action of a condensing agent (e.g., HATU) and a base (e.g., N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA)) to give the desired product I.

Scheme II:

the raw material amine 3 (or salt thereof) and the compound 4 undergo nucleophilic substitution reaction under the action of alkali (such as triethylamine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine and the like) to obtain a target product II.

All of the starting materials in scheme one or scheme two can be purchased from reagent companies or prepared according to published literature.

Preparation of Compounds example

The abbreviations used hereinafter have the following meanings:

/>

the starting materials in each of the following synthesis steps are provided for non-commercial reagents. The batches corresponding to the raw materials of each step are not necessarily identical to those described in the synthetic method thereof.

Preparation of intermediates

Intermediate 1: synthesis of Compound Int-1

Step 1:

4-alkynyl-1-pentanol 1-1 (5.00 g,59.44 mmol) and tetrabutylammonium bromide (6.32 g,19.62 mmol) were added to toluene (170 mL) at 0deg.C, followed by sodium hydroxide (61.2 g, 535.45 mmol) and tert-butyl bromoacetate (34.78 g,178.32 mmol) in sequence, then slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL), and the organic layers were combined, washed with saturated sodium chloride solution (2×40 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered to obtain a crude product. Normal phase silica gel column separation and purification (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =100:1-10:1) to give compound 1-2 (16 g, crude product), yellow transparent oily liquid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,CDCl ₃ )δ3.97(s,2H),3.62(t,J＝6.2Hz,2H),2.33(td, J＝7.1,2.7Hz,2H),1.95(t,J＝2.7Hz,1H),1.89–1.81(m,2H),1.49(s,9H)。

Step 2:

compounds 1-2 (1 g,5.04 mmol) and 4-bromo-1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -isoindoline 1-3 (850.22 mg,2.52 mmol) were added to N, N-dimethylformamide (8 mL), and triethylamine (4.59 g,45.40 mmol), cuprous iodide (48.03 mg, 252.2. Mu. Mol) and bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) dichloride (178 mg, 252.2. Mu. Mol) were added and the reaction system was heated by microwave at 80℃for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction, water (100 mL) and ethyl acetate (100 mL) were added, the resultant organic phase was washed 5 times with a saturated sodium chloride solution (100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product obtained was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =100:1-1:1) to give compound 1-4, (0.966 g, yield 84.3%) as a brown solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,CDCl ₃ )δ7.99(s,1H),7.79(dd,J＝7.2,1.3Hz,1H), 7.74–7.69(m,1H),7.67(d,J＝7.3Hz,1H),4.98(dd,J＝12.3,5.3Hz,1H), 4.01(s,2H),3.74(t,J＝6.1Hz,2H),2.97–2.72(m,3H),2.67(t,J＝7.0Hz, 2H),2.18–2.10(m,1H),1.98(p,J＝6.6Hz,2H),1.49(s,9H)。

Step 3:

the above-mentioned compounds 1 to 4 (0.97 g,2.1 mmol) were dissolved in methylene chloride (4 mL) at room temperature, and trifluoroacetic acid (1.54 g,13.51 mmol) was slowly added dropwise thereto, followed by stirring at room temperature for 1 hour. After the completion of the reaction, methylene chloride and trifluoroacetic acid were removed by concentration under reduced pressure to give crude compound Int-1 (0.58 g, yield 69%).

Intermediate 2: preparation of Compound Int-2

Step 1:

Wet palladium on carbon (300 mg,10% Pd/C) was added to a solution of compounds 1-4 (0.3 g, 0.66 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) under argon, and after three hydrogen substitutions, the mixture was stirred at 40℃for 12 hours under 50psi of hydrogen. After completion of the reaction, filtration, washing the cake with ethyl acetate 3 times (3X 15 mL), and the filtrates were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude compound 2-1 (0.3 g, yield 99.6%) as a colorless oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M-tBu+H] ⁺ 401.0。

Step 2:

compound 2-1 (0.3 g, 657.2. Mu. Mol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (6 mL) at room temperature, and trifluoroacetic acid (3.09 g,27.13mmol,2 mL) was added thereto and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound Int-2 (0.26 g) as a colorless oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 401.1。

Intermediate 3: preparation of Compound Int-3

Step 1:

to a solution of 3-alkynyl-1-butanol 3-1 (5 g,71.34mmol,5.40 mL) in tetrahydrofuran (80 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (400.24 mg,3.57 mmol) and tert-butyl acrylate (11.89 g,92.74mmol,13.46 mL) was added dropwise at room temperature, followed by stirring at room temperature for 12 hours. TLC detection reaction is complete, and the reaction solution is concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =50:1-1:1) to give compound 3-2 (11 g, yield 77.7%) as a yellow oil.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,CDCl ₃ )δ3.70(t,J＝6.5Hz,2H),3.57(t,J＝7.0Hz, 2H),2.49(t,J＝6.5Hz,2H),2.44(td,J＝7.0,2.7Hz,2H),1.96(t,J＝2.7Hz, 1H),1.44(s,9H)。

Step 2:

compound 3-2 (1.18 g,5.93 mmol), 4-bromo-1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -isoindoline 1-3 (1 g,2.97 mmol), bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) dichloride (208.20 mg, 296.63. Mu. Mol), cuprous iodide (56.49 mg, 296.63. Mu. Mol) and triethylamine (5.40 g,53.39mmol,7.43mL) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) at room temperature and reacted with microwaves at 80℃for 1 hour after nitrogen substitution. The reaction was complete by TLC, the reaction solution was diluted with water (20 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 20 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, and concentrating under reduced pressure to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =15:1-1:1) to give compound 3-3 (1 g, yield 37.0%) as a brown solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,CDCl ₃ )δ8.30(s,1H),7.77(dd,J＝7.2,1.2Hz,1H), 7.70(dd,J＝7.9,1.2Hz,1H),7.66(d,J＝7.4Hz,1H),4.97(dd,J＝12.4,5.3Hz, 1H),3.75(t,J＝6.6Hz,2H),3.70(t,J＝7.0Hz,2H),2.93–2.71(m,3H),2.78(t, J＝7.0Hz,2H),2.51(t,J＝6.5Hz,2H),2.19–2.07(m,1H),1.43(s,9H)。

Step 3:

compound 3-3 (0.3 g, 660.1. Mu. Mol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL), and wet palladium on carbon (500 mg,10% Pd/C) was added under argon atmosphere, and after three hydrogen substitutions, stirred at 40℃and 50psi for 12 hours. After completion of the reaction, filtration was carried out, and the cake was washed 3 times with ethyl acetate (3X 15 mL), and the filtrates were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 3-4 (0.3 g, yield 99.1%) as a brown oil.

Step 4:

compounds 3-4 (0.3 g, 654.3. Mu. Mol) were dissolved in dichloromethane (6 mL) at room temperature, then trifluoroacetic acid (3.08 g,27.01mmol,2 mL) was added and stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound Int-3 (0.26 g). Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 403.1。

Intermediate 4: preparation of Compound Int-4

Compound 3-3 (0.3 g, 660.1. Mu. Mol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (10 mL) at room temperature, and trifluoroacetic acid (3.08 g,27.01 mmol) was added thereto and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound Int-4 (0.3 g). Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 399.1。

Intermediate 5: preparation of Compound Int-5

Step 1:

to a solution of the compound 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-hydroxyisoindoline 5-1 (500 mg,1.82 mmol) and tert-butyl 7-bromoheptanoate (580 mg,2.2 mmol) in NMP (10 mL) was added N, N-diisopropylethylamine (306 mg,2.4 mmol) and stirred at 40℃for 5 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, water and ethyl acetate were added, extraction was performed 2 times, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and dried by spin-drying. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate 10% -50%) to give compound 5-2 (530 mg, yield 63.4%).

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 459.2。

Step 2:

compound 5-2 (100 mg,0.22 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (3 mL), trifluoroacetic acid (0.8 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The solvent was spin-dried to give Compound Int-5 (80 mg) which was used directly in the next step.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 403.2。

Intermediate 6: preparation of Compound Int-6

Step 1:

sodium hydride (2.88 g,72.1mmol,60% purity) was added in portions to a solution of 3-bromopropyne (5.45 g,36.6mmol,3.95mL,80% purity) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) at 0deg.C, and then reacted under stirring at 0deg.C for 1 hour. 1, 4-butanediol 6-1 (10.0g,110.9mmol,9.80 mL) was added thereto, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction was quenched with water (20 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (3X 50 mL), and the organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =10:1-0:1) to give compound 6-2 (3.78 g, yield 26.5%) as a yellow oil.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ4.37(s,1H),4.09(d,J＝2.4Hz,2H), 3.45–3.36(m,5H),1.57–1.39(m,4H)。

Step 2:

to a solution of compound 6-2 (1.50 g,11.7 mmol) in 1, 2-dichloroethane (10 mL) was added 2, 6-tetramethylpiperidine oxide (TEMPO) (184.0 mg,1.17 mmol), potassium chloride (87.2 mg,1.17 mmol) and ferric nitrate nonahydrate (472.8 mg,1.17 mmol) at room temperature, followed by O ₂ The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours under protection. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated to give crude compound 6-3 (1.50 g, yield 90.1%) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ12.05(s,1H),4.09(s,2H),3.42(t,J＝5.9 Hz,2H),3.38(s,1H),2.24(t,J＝7.0Hz,2H),1.72(t,J＝6.5Hz,2H)。

Step 3:

to a solution of compound 6-3 (500 mg,3.52 mmol), benzofuran-2-yl (pyridin-3-yl) methylamine 6-4 (788.7 mg,3.52 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) was added HATU (1.47 g,3.87 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (1.36g,10.5mmol,1.84 mL) at room temperature, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL), the organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by column separation on normal phase column (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =10:1-0:1) to give compound Int-6 (1.00 g, yield 81.6%) as a yellow oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 349.1。

Intermediate 7: preparation of Compound Int-7

7-Aminoheptanoic acid 7-1 (6.31 g,43.44 mmol) and 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-fluoroisoindoline 7-2 (10 g,36.20 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (100 mL) at room temperature, N-diisopropylethylamine (18.92 mL,114.4 mmol) was slowly added dropwise, followed by slow rise to 90℃and stirring for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude product. The crude product was isolated and purified by reverse phase column to give compound Int-7 (1.51 g, yield 10.4%).

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),7.58(dd,J＝8.6,7.1Hz, 1H),7.09(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.02(d,J＝7.0Hz,1H),6.53(t,J＝6.0Hz,1H), 5.05(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),3.30–3.25(m,2H),2.94–2.82(m,1H),2.63– 2.45(m,2H),2.20(t,J＝7.3Hz,2H),2.08–1.99(m,1H),1.62–1.45(m,4H), 1.40–1.27(m,4H)。

Intermediate 8: preparation of Compound Int-8

Step 1:

tert-butyl acrylate (30.32 g,236.55 mmol) and 1, 3-propanediol 8-1 (20 g,262.83 mmol) were added to the reaction flask at 0deg.C, followed by slow addition of sodium hydroxide solid (315.37mg,7.88 mmol), followed by slow warming to room temperature and stirring for 24 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL), and the organic layers were combined, washed with saturated sodium chloride solution (2×10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =50:1-5:1) to give compound 8-2 (26.03 g, yield 48.5%) as a pale yellow transparent oily liquid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,CDCl ₃ )δ3.70(t,J＝5.7Hz,2H),3.64(t,J＝6.2Hz, 2H),3.59(t,J＝5.8Hz,2H),2.44(t,J＝6.2Hz,2H),2.44(s,1H),1.77(p,J＝ 5.7Hz,2H),1.42(s,9H)。

Step 2:

compound 8-2 (10 g,48.96 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (200 mL) at room temperature, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (14.00 g,73.43 mmol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (299.04 mg, 2.45 mmol) and triethylamine (14.86 g,146.87 mmol) were added thereto, and then the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. After the reaction, water (150 mL) was added for dilution, shaking, the separated liquid was extracted, the organic phase was washed with saturated sodium chloride solution (2X 50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =50:1-10:1) to give compound 8-3 (11.98 g, yield 68.3%) as a pale yellow liquid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ7.79–7.75(m,2H),7.51–7.43(m,2H), 4.04(t,J＝6.4Hz,2H),3.44(t,J＝6.2Hz,2H),3.33(t,J＝6.1Hz,2H),2.42(s, 3H),2.32(t,J＝6.2Hz,2H),1.77(p,J＝6.3Hz,2H),1.36(s,9H)。

Step 3:

sodium azide (108.82 mg,1.67 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 8-3 (0.5 g, 1.39 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) at ambient temperature and stirred at 60℃for 12 hours. The reaction solution was diluted with water (20 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 20 mL), and the organic layers were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude compound 8-4 (0.31 g, yield 96.9%).

Step 4:

wet palladium on carbon (310 mg,10% Pd/C) was added to a solution of compound 8-4 (0.31 g,1.35 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) under argon, and after three hydrogen substitutions, the mixture was stirred at room temperature under 50psi of hydrogen for 12 hours. After completion of the reaction, filtration was carried out, and the cake was washed 3 times with ethyl acetate (3X 15 mL), and the filtrates were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to give Compound 8-5 (0.32 g) as a colorless oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

Step 5:

compound 8-5 (242.86 mg,1.19 mmol) was dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL), N-diisopropylethylamine (205.88 mg,1.59mmol, 277.46. Mu.L) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 90℃for 0.5 hours. The compound 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-fluoroisoindoline 7-2 (0.22 g, 796.47. Mu. Mol) was then added and stirred at 90℃for 12 hours. The reaction was diluted with water (20 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 15 mL), and the organic layers were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase prep HPLC (formic acid system) to give compound 8-6 (0.12, g, 32.8% yield) as a green oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 460.2。

Step 6:

compound 8-6 (0.12 g, 261.16. Mu. Mol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (6 mL), and then trifluoroacetic acid (3.08 g,27.01mmol,2 mL) was added thereto and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound Int-8 (0.105 g, yield 99.7%). Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 404.1。

Intermediate 9: preparation of Compound Int-9

Step 1:

the compound 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-hydroxyisoindoline 5-1 (0.2 g, 729.32. Mu. Mol) was dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) at room temperature, and then compound 8-3 (313.71 mg, 875.18. Mu. Mol), potassium hydrogencarbonate (109.52 mg,1.09 mmol) and sodium iodide (12.11 mg, 80.77. Mu. Mol) were added in this order, and the resulting reaction solution was stirred at 80℃for 16 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 10 mL), and the organic phases were combined, washed with saturated sodium chloride solution (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated and dried to give crude compound 9-1 (0.463 g).

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),7.81(dd,J＝8.5,7.2Hz, 1H),7.50(d,J＝8.5Hz,1H),7.45(d,J＝7.2Hz,1H),5.08(dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz, 1H),4.24(t,J＝6.2Hz,2H),3.58(t,J＝6.0Hz,4H),2.93–2.83(m,1H),2.64– 2.48(m,2H),2.41(t,J＝6.1Hz,2H),2.07–1.93(m,3H),1.35(s,9H)。

LCMS[M+Na] ⁺ 483.1。

Step 2:

compound 9-1 (0.4 g, 868.67. Mu. Mol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (4 mL) at room temperature, and trifluoroacetic acid (4.11 g,36.02 mmol) was slowly added dropwise thereto and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude compound Int-9 (0.426 g).

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 405.0。

Intermediate 10: preparation of Compound Int-10

Step 1:

compound 2- (benzyloxy) ethanol (5.00 g,32.85 mmol) was added to t-butanol (50 mL) at room temperature, followed by potassium t-butoxide (4.42 g,39.42 mmol) and compound t-butyl 4-bromobutyrate 10-1 (7.33 g,32.85 mmol) and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (100 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 80 mL), the organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =50:1-1:1) to give compound 10-2 (0.68 g, yield 7.0%). Directly used in the next reaction.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,CDCl ₃ )δ7.38–7.24(m,5H),4.57(s,2H),3.65–3.57 (m,4H),3.49(t,J＝6.4Hz,2H),2.31(t,J＝7.4Hz,2H),1.87(tt,J＝7.4,6.4Hz, 2H),1.44(s,9H)。

Step 2:

compound 10-2 (0.68 g,2.31 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (10 mL) and wet palladium on carbon (300 mg,10% Pd/C) was added under argon and after three hydrogen substitutions, the mixture was stirred at room temperature under 15psi of hydrogen for 12 hours. After completion of the reaction, filtration was carried out, and the cake was washed 3 times with ethyl acetate (3X 15 mL), and the filtrates were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 10-3 (0.47 g, yield 99.6%) as a colorless oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,CDCl ₃ )δ3.76–3.67(m,2H),3.56–3.46(m,4H), 2.31(t,J＝7.2Hz,2H),2.19(t,J＝6.0Hz,1H),1.88(tt,J＝7.3,6.2Hz,2H), 1.44(s,9H)。

Step 3:

compound 10-3 (0.47 g,2.30 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (14.06 mg, 115.05. Mu. Mol), triethylamine (698.49mg,6.90 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (658.01 mg,3.45 mmol) were added, and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase medium pressure column separation (formic acid system) to give compound 10-4 (0.60 g, yield 72.8%). Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+Na] ⁺ 381.1。

Step 4:

compound 10-4 (520 mg,1.45 mmol) was added to N, N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), followed by sodium azide (113.17 mg,1.74 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at 60℃for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL), and the organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered to give crude compound 10-5 (330 mg, yield 99.2%). Directly used in the next reaction.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ3.55(dd,J＝5.6,4.2Hz,2H),3.42(t,J＝ 6.3Hz,2H),3.37(dd,J＝5.5,4.2Hz,2H),2.25(t,J＝7.4Hz,2H),1.77–1.67 (m,2H),1.39(s,9H)。

Step 5:

wet palladium on carbon (300 mg,10% Pd) was added to a solution of compound 10-5 (330 mg, 1.44 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) under argon, and after three hydrogen substitutions, the mixture was stirred at 50psi for 12 hours at room temperature. The mixture was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with methanol (2X 10 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried to give crude compound 10-6 (200 mg, yield 68.4%) as a colorless oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

Step 6:

1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-fluoroisoindoline 7-2 (113.24 mg, 409.95. Mu. Mol) was added to N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL), followed by N, N-diisopropylethylamine (105.97 mg, 819.90. Mu. Mol), stirred at 90℃for 0.5 hours, followed by addition of compound 10-6 (100 mg, 491.94. Mu. Mol) and stirred at 90℃for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL), the organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation (formic acid system) to give compound 10-7 (60 mg, yield 31.8%) as a yellow solid.

LCMS[M+Na] ⁺ 482.3。

Step 7:

compound 10-7 (60 mg, 130.58. Mu. Mol) was added to anhydrous dichloromethane (6 mL), trifluoroacetic acid (3.08 g,27.01 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound Int-10 (52 mg, yield 98.7%) as a yellow solid. Directly used in the next reaction.

Intermediate 11: preparation of Compound Int-11

Step 1:

the compound 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-hydroxyisoindoline 5-1 (382.52 mg,1.39 mmol) was added to N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL), followed by the addition of the compound 10-4 (0.60 g,1.67 mmol), KHCO ₃ (209.48 mg,2.09 mmol) and NaI (23.21 mg,154.83umol), and the mixture was stirred at 80℃for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×10 mL), and the organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered to give crude compound 11-1 (0.64 g, yield 99.6%). Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+NH ₄ ] ⁺ 478.2。

Step 2:

compound 11-1 (0.64 mg,1.39 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (9 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (4.62 g,40.52 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound Int-11 (0.56 g, yield 99.6%). Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 405.0。

Intermediate 12: preparation of Compound Int-12

Step 1:

the compound 4- (benzyloxy) -1-butanol 12-1 (5.00 g,27.74 mmol), tert-butyl bromoacetate (10.82 g,55.48 mmol), 37% aqueous sodium hydroxide (29.99g,277.40 mmol) and tetrabutylammonium bromide (894.25 mg,2.77 mmol) were added to dichloromethane (100 mL) at room temperature and stirred for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (200 mL), then extracted with dichloromethane (2×100 mL), the organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =50:1-1:1) to give compound 12-2 (3.70 g, yield 43.9%). Directly used in the next reaction.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,CDCl ₃ )δ7.39–7.22(m,5H),4.50(s,2H),3.94(s, 2H),3.58–3.45(m,4H),1.74–1.68(m,4H),1.47(s,9H)。

LCMS[M+Na] ⁺ 316.9。

Step 2:

compound 12-2 (0.5 g,1.65 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (8 mL), wet palladium on carbon (300 mg,10% Pd/C) was added under argon, and after three hydrogen substitutions, the mixture was stirred at room temperature under 15psi of hydrogen for 12 hours. After completion of the reaction, filtration was carried out, and the cake was washed 3 times with ethyl acetate (3X 15 mL), and the filtrates were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 12-3 (0.336 g, yield 99.9%) as a colorless oil.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,CDCl ₃ )δ3.95(s,2H),3.67(t,J＝5.9Hz,2H),3.56(t, J＝5.8Hz,2H),1.78–1.64(m,4H),1.47(s,9H)。

Step 3:

compound 12-3 (330.40 mg,1.62 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL), then 4-dimethylaminopyridine (9.87 mg, 80.78. Mu. Mol), triethylamine (490.43 mg, 4.85 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (462.00 mg,2.42 mmol) were added and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude product. The crude product was purified using reverse phase medium pressure prep column (formic acid system) to give compound 12-4 (0.50 g, 86.3% yield). Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+NH ₄ ] ⁺ 376.1。

Step 4:

compound 12-4 (1.00 g,2.79 mmol) was added to N, N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), followed by sodium azide (217.64 mg,3.35 mmol) and the mixture stirred at 60℃for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 20 mL), the organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered to give crude compound 12-5 (0.64 g) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

Step 5:

wet palladium on carbon (400 mg,10% Pd/C) was added to a solution of crude compound 12-5 (640 mg,2.79 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) under argon, and after three hydrogen substitutions, stirred at 50psi for 12 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered, then the filter cake was rinsed with ethyl acetate (3X 50 mL) and the organic layers were combined to give crude compound 12-6 (430 mg, 75.8% yield) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

Step 6:

1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-fluoroisoindoline 7-2 (380 mg,1.87 mmol) was added to N, N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), followed by N, N-diisopropylethylamine (322.14 mg,2.49 mmol), stirred at 90℃for 0.5 hours, after which compound 12-6 (344.2 mg,1.25 mmol) was added and the reaction stirred at 90℃for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (30 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL), the organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation (formic acid system) to give compound 12-7 (140 mg, yield 24.4%) as a yellow oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 460.2。

Step 7:

compound 12-7 (0.18 g, 391.74. Mu. Mol) was added to anhydrous dichloromethane (9 mL) followed by trifluoroacetic acid (4.62 g,40.52 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound Int-12 (0.16 g). Directly used in the next reaction.

Intermediate 13: preparation of Compound Int-13

Step 1:

the compound 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-hydroxyisoindoline 5-1 (318.77 mg,1.16 mmol) was added to N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL), followed by the addition of compound 12-4 (0.50 g,1.39 mmol), KHCO ₃ (174.56 mg,1.74 mmol) and NaI (19.34 mg, 129.03. Mu. Mol), and the mixture was stirred at 80℃for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×10 mL), and the organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered to give crude compound 13-1 (0.53 g, yield 99.0%) which was used directly in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+NH ₄ ] ⁺ 478.2。

Step 2:

compound 13-1 (0.53 g,1.15 mmol) was added to anhydrous dichloromethane (9 mL), followed by trifluoroacetic acid (4.62 g,40.52 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound Int-13 (0.46 g, yield 98.8%). Directly used in the next reaction.

Intermediate 14: preparation of Compound Int-14

Step 1:

to a solution of tert-butyl (3- (methylamino) propyl) carbamate 14-1 (2.00 g,10.6 mmol) and ethyl 3-bromopropionate (2.31 g,12.7mmol,1.63 mL) in N, N-dimethylformamide (30 mL) was added N, N-diisopropylethylamine (4.12 g,31.8mmol,5.55 mL) at room temperature, and the reaction was stirred at 85℃for 12 hours. The reaction solution was diluted with water (50 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL), and the organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =10:1-0:1) to give compound 14-2 (2.18 g, yield 71.1%) as a yellow oil.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ6.72(t,J＝5.1Hz,1H),4.04(q,J＝7.1 Hz,2H),2.96–2.84(m,2H),2.54(t,J＝7.0Hz,2H),2.43–2.35(m,2H),2.26 (t,J＝7.1Hz,2H),2.10(s,3H),1.47(p,J＝7.0Hz,2H),1.37(s,9H),1.17(t,J ＝7.1Hz,3H)。

Step 2:

to a solution of compound 14-2 (1.00 g,3.47 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (727.5 mg,17.3 mmol) at room temperature, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated, the pH was adjusted to about 3 with 1M hydrochloric acid, and extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 20 mL), and concentrated to give Compound 14-3 (900 mg, yield 99.7%) as a white solid. Directly used in the next reaction.

Step 3:

to a solution of compound 14-3 (250 mg, 960.3. Mu. Mol) benzofuran-2-yl (pyridin-3-yl) methylamine (6-4 (215.3 mg, 960.3. Mu. Mol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) was added HATU (401.6 mg,1.06 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (372.3mg,2.88 mmol,501.8. Mu.L.) the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours, diluted with water (20 mL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 20 mL), the organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered to give crude product, which was purified via reverse phase column (formic acid system) to give compound 14-4 (250 mg, yield 55.8%) as a white solid.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 467.3。

Step 4:

compound 14-4 (150 mg, 321.4. Mu. Mol) was added to dichloromethane (6 mL) at room temperature, followed by trifluoroacetic acid (3.08 g,27.0mmol,2 mL) and stirred for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound Int-14 (120 mg). Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 367.1。

Intermediate 15: preparation of Compound Int-15

Step 1:

the compound benzofuran-2-yl (pyridin-3-yl) methylamine 6-4 dihydrochloride (435 mg,1.46 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (5 mL), and potassium carbonate (300 mg,2.17 mmol) and ethyl bromoacetate (290 mg,1.75 mmol) were added and heated at 55deg.C for 16 h. Ethyl acetate and water were added, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and dried by spin-drying to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate%: 50% -100%) to give compound 15-1 (120 mg, yield 26%) as a brown oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 311.4。

Step 2:

compound 15-1 (120 mg,0.38 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran (2.4 mL), methanol (0.8 mL) and water (0.8 mL), and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (80 mg,1.94 mmol) was added thereto and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Ph=3 was adjusted with 2M aqueous hydrochloric acid, extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic phase was concentrated and purified by reverse phase prep HPLC to give compound Int-15 (42 mg, yield 38%) as a colorless oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 283.1。

Intermediate 16: preparation of Compound Int-16

Step 1:

the compound 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-fluoroisoindoline 7-2 (353 mg,1.28 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (8 mL) and N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-1, 4-butanediamine (350 mg,1.86 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (0.46 mL,2.8 mmol) were added in sequence and heated to 100deg.C for 18 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and quenched by the addition of water. Extraction with ethyl acetate, washing the organic layer with saturated saline, drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtering, and spin-drying to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate%: 20% -50%) to give compound 16-1 (275 mg, yield 61%) as a yellow solid.

LCMS[M-Boc+H] ⁺ 345.4。

Step 2:

compound 16-1 (100 mg,0.22 mmol) was dissolved in 4M HCl/dioxane (5 mL, 20 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The solvent was dried to give Compound Int-16 (95 mg) as a yellow oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 345.5。

Intermediate 17: preparation of Compound Int-17

Step 1:

the compound 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-hydroxyisoindoline 5-1 (300 mg,1.09 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (6 mL) and tert-butyl N- (4-bromobutyl) carbamate (330 mg,1.3 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (460 mg,5.45 mmol) and potassium iodide (50 mg,0.3 mmol) were added in succession and heated to 55℃for 16 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, water and ethyl acetate were added, extraction was performed, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and dried by spinning to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate%: 20% -80%) to give compound 17-1 (120 mg, yield 25%) as a colorless oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 446.5。

Step 2:

compound 17-1 (120 mg,0.27 mmol) was dissolved in 4M HCl/dioxane (5 mL, 20 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The solvent was dried to give Compound Int-17 (82 mg) as a white solid.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 346.2。

Intermediate 18: preparation of Compound Int-18

Step 1:

The compound 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-bromoisoindoline 1-3 (675 mg,2 mmol) and N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-4-pentyn-1-amine (730 mg,4 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (8 mL) and triethylamine (2.0 g,20 mmol), cuprous iodide (76 mg,0.4 mmol) and bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) dichloride (280 mg,0.4 mmol) were added in sequence and heated to 80℃under nitrogen and stirred for 3 hours. Cooling to room temperature, adding ethyl acetate and water, extracting, washing an organic layer with saturated saline, drying with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtering and spin-drying to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate%: 20% -80%) to give compound 18-1 (280 mg, yield 32%) as a colorless oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 440.4。

Step 2:

to a suspension of compound 18-1 (220 mg,0.5 mmol) in 95% ethanol (20 mL) at room temperature was added 10% palladium on carbon (110 mg), and the mixture was warmed to 40℃and reacted under 1 atm hydrogen for 16 hours. The reaction solution was filtered, and the filtrate was dried by spinning to give 18-2 (200 mg, yield 95%) as a colorless oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 444.6。

Step 3:

compound 18-2 (200 mg,0.45 mmol) was dissolved in 4M HCl/dioxane (5 mL, 20 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The solvent was dried to give Compound Int-18 (155 mg, yield 90%) as a colorless oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 344.7。

Intermediate 19: preparation of Compound Int-19

Step 1:

the compound benzofuran-2-yl (pyridin-3-yl) methylamine 6-4 dihydrochloride (100 mg, 336. Mu. Mol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (2 mL) at room temperature, followed by the sequential addition of tert-butyl 3-bromopropionate (106 mg, 505. Mu. Mol), potassium carbonate (186 mg,1.35 mmol), and heated and stirred at 90℃for 16 hours. After the LCMS detection reaction is finished, filtering, purifying by a reversed-phase C18 medium-pressure preparation column, concentrating and freeze-drying to obtain the compound 19-1 as a light yellow solid.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 353.6。

Step 2:

the compound 19-1 obtained above was dissolved in DCM (5 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (0.5. 0.5 mL) was added thereto and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. After completion of LCMS detection, the solvent was replaced three times with acetonitrile, concentrated to dryness, and lyophilized with water to give the trifluoroacetate salt of compound Int-19 (35.0 mg, yield 21.1%) as a pale yellow solid.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 297.5。

Intermediate 20: preparation of Compound Int-20

Step 1:

the compound 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-fluoroisoindoline 7-2 (100 mg, 362. Mu. Mol) was dissolved in DMF (5 mL) at room temperature, followed by addition of N-t-butoxycarbonyl-1, 3-propanediamine (126 mg, 724. Mu. Mol) and potassium carbonate (200 mg,1.45 mmol), heated at 90℃and stirred for 16 hours. After the LCMS detection reaction is finished, filtering, purifying by a reversed-phase C18 medium-pressure preparation column, concentrating and freeze-drying to obtain the compound 20-1 as a light yellow solid.

Step 2:

the resulting compound 20-1 was dissolved in methylene chloride (5 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL) was added thereto, followed by stirring at room temperature for 16 hours. After completion of LCMS detection, the solvent was replaced three times with acetonitrile, concentrated to dryness, and water was added to freeze-dry to give the trifluoroacetate salt of compound Int-20 (28.5 mg, yield 18.4%) as a yellow solid.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 331.5。

Intermediate 21: preparation of Compound Int-21

Step 1:

the compound 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-hydroxyisoindoline 5-1 (200 mg, 729. Mu. Mol) was dissolved in DMF (5 mL) at room temperature, and N-t-butoxycarbonyl-3-bromo-1-propylamine (226 mg, 948. Mu. Mol), sodium bicarbonate (123 mg,1.46 mmol) and potassium iodide (10.9 mg, 72.9. Mu. Mol) were added in sequence, heated at 60℃and stirred for 16 hours. After the LCMS detection reaction is finished, filtering, purifying by a reversed-phase C18 medium-pressure preparation column, concentrating and freeze-drying to obtain the compound 21-1 as a light yellow solid.

Step 2:

the resulting compound 21-1 was dissolved in methylene chloride (5 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (0.5. 0.5 mL) was added thereto, followed by stirring at room temperature for 16 hours. After completion of LCMS detection, the solvent was replaced three times with acetonitrile, concentrated to dryness, and water was added to freeze-dry to give the trifluoroacetate salt of compound Int-21 (148.5 mg, yield 47.4%) as a yellow solid.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 332.6。

Intermediate 22: preparation of Compound Int-22

Step 1:

to a solution of the compound benzofuran-2-yl (pyridin-3-yl) methylamine 6-4 dihydrochloride (270 mg,0.91 mmol) and tert-butyl 2-bromoethylcarbamate (245 mg,1.1 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidone (5 mL) was added cesium carbonate (700 mg,2.15 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to 90℃for 16 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate and water were added, extraction was performed, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered to dryness. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate%: 50% -100%) to give compound 22-1 (60 mg, yield 18%) as a brown oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 368.7。

Step 2:

compound 22-1 (60 mg,0.16 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2.5 mL), trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL,1.94 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The compound Int-22 (78 mg) was obtained by spin-drying under reduced pressure and used as a yellow oil for the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 268.4。

Intermediate 23: preparation of Compound Int-23

Step 1:

the compound 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-fluoroisoindoline 7-2 (275 mg,1.0 mmol) was dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidone (4 mL) and tert-butyl 4-aminobutyrate (206 mg,1.3 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (0.4 mL,2.4 mmol) were added in sequence and the reaction mixture was heated to 100℃for 18 h with stirring. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, water (10 mL) was then added thereto, extraction was performed with ethyl acetate, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered to dryness. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate%: 50% -100%) to give compound 23-1 (200 mg, yield 43%) as a yellow oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 416.6。

Step 2:

compound 23-1 (100 mg,0.21 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (0.65 mL) was added and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The solvent was dried to give Compound Int-23 (85 mg) as a yellow oil, which was used directly in the next step.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 360.5。

Intermediate 24: preparation of Compound Int-24

Step 1:

1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-hydroxyisoindoline 5-1 (200 mg, 0.73 mmol) was dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (4 mL), tert-butyl 4-bromobutyrate (195 mg,0.87 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (307 mg,3.65 mmol) and potassium iodide (30 mg, 0.18 mmol) were added in sequence and the reaction mixture was heated to stir at 55℃for 16 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and quenched by the addition of water. Extraction with ethyl acetate, washing the organic layer with saturated saline, drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtering, and spin-drying to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate%: 50% -80%) to give compound 24-1 (120 mg, yield 36%) as a white solid.

LCMS[M-H] ^- 415.4。

Step 2:

compound 24-1 (120 mg,0.29 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (2.5 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL,1.94 mmol) was added thereto and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The compound Int-24 (78 mg) was obtained by spin-drying under reduced pressure and used as a yellow oil for the next reaction.

Intermediate 25: preparation of Compound Int-25

Step 1:

the compounds benzofuran-2-yl (pyridin-3-yl) methylamine 6-4 dihydrochloride (294 mg,1 mmol) and tert-butyl 3-bromopropyl carbamate (317 mg,1.5 mmol) were dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidone (5 mL), cesium carbonate (815 mg,2.5 mmol) and potassium iodide (50 mg,0.3 mmol) were added and the mixture was heated to 90℃and stirred for 18 hours. After the reaction, cooling to room temperature and filtering. Adding ethyl acetate and water, oscillating, standing and layering. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and dried by spin-drying to give crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate%: 50% -100%) to give compound 25-1 (260 mg, yield 68%) as a colorless oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 382.7。

Step 2:

compound 25-1 (260 mg,0.62 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (1.0 mL), and a 4M solution of HCl in 1, 4-dioxane (3 mL,12 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The crude compound Int-25 (118 mg) was dried under reduced pressure to give a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 282.5。

Intermediate 26: preparation of Compound Int-26

Using a method similar to intermediate 23, by using tert-butyl 3-aminopropionate as a starting material, compound Int-26 was obtained as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 346.4。

Intermediate 27: preparation of Compound Int-27

Using a method similar to intermediate 24, by using tert-butyl 3-bromopropionate as a starting material, compound Int-27 was obtained as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 347.4。

Intermediate 28: preparation of Compound Int-28

Using a method similar to intermediate 23, by using tert-butyl 4- (aminomethyl) piperidine-1-carboxylate as starting material, compound Int-28 was obtained as a colorless oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 371.6。

Intermediate 29: preparation of Compound Int-29

Step 1-2:

in a similar manner to intermediate 28, by using tert-butyl 4- (2-aminoethyl) piperidine-1-carboxylate as a starting material, compound 29-2 was obtained as a colorless oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 385.7。

Step 3:

compound 29-2 (50 mg,0.10 mmol) was dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidone (4 mL), tert-butyl bromoacetate (0.18 mL,0.12 mmol), sodium iodide (15 mg,0.1 mmol), potassium carbonate (35 mg,0.25 mmol) was added sequentially, and the mixture was heated to 55deg.C and stirred for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and filtered, and the filtrate was purified by reverse phase prep. HPLC to give compound 29-3 (25 mg, yield 50%) as a yellow oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 499.7。

Step 4:

compound 29-3 (25 mg,0.05 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (1.5 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL,6.7 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Dried under reduced pressure to give crude compound Int-29 (20 mg, yield 74.1%) as a yellow oil, which was used directly in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 443.5。

Intermediate 30: preparation of Compound Int-30

Step 1:

the compound 1-tert-butoxycarbonyl-4-piperidineacetic acid (124 mg,0.42 mmol), benzofuran-2-yl (pyridin-3-yl) methylamine 6-4 dihydrochloride (137 mg,0.56 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (0.4 mL,2.4 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (4 mL), HATU (242 mg,0.64 mmol) was added, stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and then filtered. Ethyl acetate and water are added, and the mixture is left to stand for delamination after extraction. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and dried. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate%: 40% -100%) to give compound 30-1 (178 mg, yield 94.3%) as a colorless oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 450.8。

Step 2:

compound 30-1 (175 mg,0.39 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (3.0 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL,13.1 mmol) was added thereto and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The crude compound 30-2 trifluoroacetate (180 mg) was obtained by spin-drying under reduced pressure, and the colorless oil was used directly in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 350.8。

Step 3:

compound 30-2 (80 mg,0.18 mmol) was dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (4 mL), tert-butyl 2-bromoethylcarbamate (58 mg,0.26 mmol), potassium carbonate (50 mg, 0.37 mmol) and potassium iodide (10 mg,0.06 mmol) were added sequentially, and the mixture was heated to 55℃and stirred for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate and water were added, extraction was performed, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and dried by spin-drying. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column (ethyl acetate/methanol, methanol%: 0% -5%) to give compound 30-3 (40 mg, yield 45.4%) as a colorless oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 493.8。

Step 4:

compound 30-3 (36 mg,0.073 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (3 mL), trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL,13.1 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Spin-drying under reduced pressure afforded crude compound Int-30 (22 mg) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 393.5。

Intermediate 31: preparation of Compound Int-31

Using a method similar to intermediate 29, by using tert-butyl 4- (aminoethyl) piperazine-1-carboxylate as starting material, compound Int-31 was obtained as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 444.4。

Intermediate 32: preparation of Compound Int-32

Step 1:

benzofuran (5.0 g,42.33 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) at-78deg.C, n-butyllithium (2.5M, 17.78mL,44.44 mmol) was slowly added dropwise, then warmed slowly to room temperature, and stirred for 0.5 h. The temperature of the system was again lowered to-78℃and isonicotinal 32-1 (4.53 g,42.33 mmol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was warmed to room temperature slowly and stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was treated with saturated NH ₄ Aqueous Cl (20 mL) was quenched, diluted with water (200 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 200 mL), and the organic layers combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration gave crude compound 32-2 (9.0 g, 94.4% yield). Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 226.1。

Step 2:

compound 32-2 (9.0 g,39.96 mmol) was added to thionyl chloride (50 mL) at room temperature and stirred for 3 hours. TLC showed that new material was produced and the reaction solution was directly spin-dried to give crude compound 32-3 (10.6 g) which was directly used in the next reaction.

Step 3:

the crude compound 32-3 (9.74 g,39.97 mmol) was added to a mixed solution of tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) and aqueous ammonia (50 mL) at room temperature and stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (200 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×200 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration gave crude compound 32-4 (1.92 g, yield 19.4%). Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 225.1。

Step 4:

7- ((t-Butoxycarbonyl) amino) heptanoic acid (1.64 g,6.69 mmol) was dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (35 mL) at room temperature, then compound 32-4 (1.5 g,6.69 mmol), HATU (2.80 g,7.36 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (3.5 mL,20.07 mmol) were added sequentially and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase preparation (formic acid system) to give compound 32-5 (1.74 g, yield 57.5%). Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 452.3。

Step 5:

compound 32-5 (1.6 g,3.54 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (32 mL) at room temperature, after which trifluoroacetic acid (8 mL,108.05 mmol) was added and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction solution was dried by spin-drying to give crude compound Int-32 (3.33 g). Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 352.1。

Intermediate 33: preparation of Compound Int-33

Step 1:

boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (529 mg,3.73 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-bromophenylacetic acid 33-1 (5.0 g,23.3 mmol) and tert-butyl 2, 2-trichloroiminoate (10.2 g,46.7 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) under nitrogen, and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Addition of NaHCO to the reaction mixture ₃ (500 mg), the reaction was quenched, diluted with water (100 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 50 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation (formic acid system) to give compound 33-2 (3.50 g, yield 55.4%) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,CDCl ₃ )δ7.46–7.41(m,2H),7.16–7.12(m,2H), 3.47(s,2H),1.43(s,9H)。

Step 2:

compound 33-2 (3.00 g,11.06 mmol), 2-vinylisoindoline-1, 3-dione (1.92 g,11.06 mmol), palladium acetate (74.52 mg, 331.92. Mu. Mol), triphenylphosphine (336.75 mg,1.11 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (4.29 g,33.19 mmol) were added to acetonitrile (50 mL) under nitrogen and stirred at 90℃for 16 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation (formic acid system) to give compound 33-3 (1.80, g, yield 44.8%) as a yellow solid. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+Na] ⁺ 386.1。

Step 3:

wet palladium on carbon (100 mg,10% Pd) was added to a mixed solution of compound 33-3 (1.8 g, 4.95 mmol) in methanol (15 mL) and ethyl acetate (15 mL) under argon atmosphere, and after three hydrogen substitutions, the mixture was stirred at room temperature under 50psi for 12 hours. After the reaction was completed, filtration was carried out, and the cake was washed with methanol 2 times. The filtrates were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude compound 33-4 (1.80 g) as a yellow oil.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,CDCl ₃ )δ7.84–7.79(m,2H),7.73–7.66(m,2H), 7.23–7.15(m,4H),3.94–3.88(m,2H),3.48(s,2H),3.00–2.93(m,2H),1.42 (s,9H)。

LCMS[M+Na] ⁺ 388.1。

Step 4:

compound 33-4 (500 mg,1.37 mmol) was added to ethanol (5 mL) followed by 85% hydrazine hydrate (177.29 mg,3.01 mmol) and stirred at 85℃for 12 hours. After completion of the reaction, filtration and concentration of the filtrate under reduced pressure gave crude compound 33-5 (370 mg) as a white solid. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 236.1。

Step 5:

n, N-diisopropylethylamine (247.1 mg,1.91 mmol) and 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-fluoroisoindoline 7-2 (264.0 mg,0.96 mmol) were added to N, N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), stirred at 90℃for 0.5 hours, then compound 33-5 (270 mg,1.15 mmol) was added and stirred at 90℃for 12 hours. After cooling, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation (formic acid system) to give compound 33-6 (73.5. 73.5 mg, 15.6% yield) as a yellow solid. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+Na] ⁺ 514.3。

Step 6:

compound 33-6 (95 mg, 193.3. Mu. Mol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (8 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (3.08 g,27.01 mmol) was added thereto and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction solution was dried by spin to give crude compound Int-33 (80 mg, yield 95.0%) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 436.2。

Intermediate 34: preparation of Compound Int-34

N, N-diisopropylethylamine (320.5 mg,2.48 mmol) was added to a solution of the compound 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-fluoroisoindoline 7-2 (342.5 mg,1.24 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), stirred at 90℃for 0.5 h, then 2- (4- (aminomethyl) phenyl) acetic acid 34-1 (300.0 mg,1.49 mmol) was added and stirred at 90℃for 12 h. After cooling, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation (formic acid system) to give compound Int-34 (77.8 mg, yield 14.9%) as a yellow solid. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 422.0。

Intermediate 35: preparation of Compound Int-35

Step 1:

35-1 (5 g,23.25 mmol) of 3-bromophenylacetic acid was dissolved in anhydrous methanol (50 mL) at room temperature, and then concentrated sulfuric acid (920 mg,9.38mmol,0.5 mL) was slowly added thereto, and the reaction system was warmed to 80℃and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (100 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2×80 mL), the organic phases were combined, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (80 mL), separated, and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration gave crude compound 35-2 (5.5 g) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

Step 2:

under nitrogen protection, 35-2 (2.5 g,10.91 mmol) of (2- (9-borobicyclo [3.3.1] nonan-9-yl) ethyl) carbamic acid tert-butyl ester 35-3 (5.79 g,21.83 mmol), 1' -bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene palladium dichloride dichloromethane complex ((891.25 mg,1.09 mmol) and cesium carbonate (7.11 g,21.83 mmol) were dissolved in a mixed solvent of dioxane (50 mL) and water (5 mL), the reaction system was heated to 100 ℃ and stirred for 2 hours, cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude product, which was isolated and purified by normal phase silica gel column (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =10:1-1:1) to give compound 35-4 (2.5 g, yield 78%).

Step 3:

compound 35-4 (0.5 g,1.70 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (5 mL), 4M aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (10 mL) was added, and the reaction system was stirred at 85℃for 3 hours. Cooled to room temperature, 1M hydrochloric acid (40 mL) was added dropwise to neutralize potassium hydroxide, which was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 20 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine 2 times and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration gave crude compound 35-5 (1.1 g) as a pale yellow oil.

LCMS[M+K] ⁺ 318.0。

Step 4:

compounds 35-5 (249.12 mg, 891.8. Mu. Mol), benzofuran-2-yl (pyridin-3-yl) methylamine 6-4 (200 mg, 891.8. Mu. Mol), HATU (373.01 mg, 981.0. Mu. Mol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (345.79 mg,2.68 mmol) were added to N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 20 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating under reduced pressure to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =1:0-1:3) to give compound 35-6 (0.15 g, yield 34.6%) as a pale brown oil.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ9.33(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H),8.62(s,1H), 8.53(d,J＝4.8Hz,1H),7.80(dt,J＝8.0,2.0Hz,1H),7.59(dd,J＝7.3,1.5Hz, 1H),7.55–7.50(m,1H),7.42(dd,J＝7.9,4.8Hz,1H),7.32–7.18(m,3H), 7.15–7.09(m,2H),7.05(d,J＝7.5Hz,1H),6.90(t,J＝5.6Hz,1H),6.65(t,J＝ 1.0Hz,1H),6.36(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),3.54(s,2H),3.10(q,J＝6.9Hz,2H),2.68 –2.62(m,2H),1.37(s,9H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 486.3。

Step 5:

compound 35-6 (0.15 g, 308.91. Mu. Mol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (3 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (770.00 mg,6.75mmol, 500.0. Mu.L) was added thereto and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give the crude compound Int-35 as trifluoroacetate salt (0.2 g) as a brown oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 386.1。

Intermediate 36: preparation of Compound Int-36

Step 1:

2-hydroxybenzaldehyde (2.17 g,17.80 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-bromo-1- (pyridin-2-yl) ethanone 36-1 (5.00 g,17.80 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (20 mL), followed by potassium carbonate (4.92 g,35.59 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation to give compound 36-2 (3.10, g, yield 78.0%) as a brown solid. Directly used in the next reaction.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ8.84(dt,J＝4.7,1.4Hz,1H),8.49(d,J＝ 1.0Hz,1H),8.17–8.06(m,2H),7.94(dd,J＝7.8,1.2Hz,1H),7.81–7.71(m, 2H),7.59(ddd,J＝8.4,7.1,1.3Hz,1H),7.40(t,J＝7.5Hz,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 224.2。

Step 2:

compound 36-2 (1.50 g,6.72 mmol), t-butylsulfonamide (741.13mg,6.11 mmol) and tetraethyltitanate (2.79 g,12.23 mmol) were added to dichloromethane (50 mL) and stirred at 40℃for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (80 mL), then extracted with dichloromethane (2×40 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =50:1-1:1) to give compound 36-3 (350 mg, yield 17.5%) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 327.0。

Step 3:

sodium borohydride (69.54 mg,1.84 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 36-3 (300 mg, 919.08. Mu. Mol) in methanol (5 mL) at 0deg.C, and then stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with water (5 mL). Dilute with water (10 mL) then extract with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL), combine the organic layers and dry over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration gave crude compound 36-4 (540 mg), as a blue solid. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 329.0。

Step 4:

compound 36-4 (70 mg, 213.14. Mu. Mol) was added to a 4M solution of HCl in methanol (4 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with water (10 mL), adjusted to pH 8 with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×10 mL), the organic layers combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating. Crude compound Int-36 (40 mg, 83.7% yield) was obtained as a red oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 225.0。

Intermediate 37: preparation of Compound Int-37

Step 1:

n-butyllithium (2.5M, 4.11 mL) was slowly added dropwise to a nitrogen-protected solution of 1-methylindole 37-1 (1.22 g,9.34 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) at-78deg.C, the dropwise addition was completed naturally at room temperature, and stirring was carried out for 0.5 hours. Cooled again to-78 ℃, a solution of nicotinaldehyde (1.00 g,9.34 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) was added dropwise, the mixture was warmed to room temperature naturally after the dropwise addition, and stirred for 3 hours. After completion of the reaction, saturated NH was used ₄ The reaction was quenched with Cl solution (20 mL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (3X 30 mL), the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation to give compound 37-2 (1.69 g, yield 75.9%) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 239.1。

Step 2:

active manganese dioxide (3.06 g,35.25 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 37-2 (700 mg,2.94 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (20 mL) at room temperature and stirred for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to give crude compound 37-3 (700 mg), a yellow gum. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 237.0。

Subsequent steps 3-5, using a similar procedure to that used to prepare intermediate 36, gave compound Int-37 as a red oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 238.2。

Intermediate 38: preparation of Compound Int-38

Step 1:

the compound 3-bromoxynil 38-1 (540 mg,3 mmol) was dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), tetrabutylammonium bromide TBAB (1.16 g,3.6 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.24 g,9 mmol) and palladium acetate (34 mg,0.15 mmol) were added in this order. Heating to 120 ℃ under the protection of nitrogen and stirring for 16 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (20 mL) were added, the mixture was extracted, the organic phase was separated, washed with saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate%: 10% -50%) to give compound 38-2 (360 mg, yield 52.3%) as a colorless oil.

Step 2:

compound 38-2 (180 mg,0.78 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (5 mL) and 7M NH was added ₃ MeOH (2 mL,14.0 mmol) followed by Raney Ni (0.5 g). Hydrogenation with hydrogen balloon at room temperature for 16 hours. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate gave crude compound 38-3 (190 mg) as a colorless oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 236.6。

Step 3:

compound 38-3 (160 mg,0.69 mmol) and 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-fluoroisoindoline 7-2 (190 mg,0.69 mmol) were dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidone (4 mL) and diisopropylethylamine (268 mg,3.0 mmol) was added and heated to 90℃for 16 h. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate (20 mL) and water (10 mL) were added, the mixture was extracted, the organic phase was separated, washed with saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate%: 20% -80%) to give compound 38-4 (130 mg, yield 38.3%) as a yellow oil.

LCMS[M+NH ₄ ] ⁺ 509.4。

Step 4:

compound 38-4 (130 mg,0.26 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL), trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL,6.7 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the crude compound Int-38 (95 mg) was dried under reduced pressure to give a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 436.5。

Intermediate 39: preparation of Compound Int-39

By using 2-bromo-6-cyanopyridine 39-1 as a starting material, compound Int-39 is obtained in a similar manner to the preparation of intermediate 38.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 437.5。

Intermediate 40: preparation of Compound Int-40

In a similar manner to the preparation of intermediate 36, compound Int-40 was obtained by using 2-bromo-1- (pyridin-3-yl) ethanone hydrobromide 40-1 and 3-hydroxyisonicotinal 40-2 as starting materials.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 226.0。

Intermediate 41: preparation of Compound Int-41

In a similar manner to the preparation of intermediate 36, compound Int-41 was obtained by using 2-bromo-1- (pyridin-3-yl) ethanone hydrobromide 40-1 and 3-hydroxypyridine-2-carbaldehyde 41-1 as starting materials.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 226.2。

Intermediate 42: preparation of Compound Int-42

To a solution of 4-bromo-1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -isoindoline 1-3 (5.00 g,14.8 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (30 mL) at room temperature was added sodium sulfide (2.32 g,29.6 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. After completion of the reaction, it was diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL), washed successively with 1M hydrochloric acid (2X 30 mL) and water (50 mL), and the final aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 20 mL), and all the organic phases were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was slurried with methanol (20 mL) to give the compound 4-mercapto-1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -isoindoline Int-42 (540 mg, 12.5% yield) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.13(s,1H),7.86–7.60(m,3H),6.27 (brs,1H),5.13(dd,J＝12.7,5.4Hz,1H),2.89(ddd,J＝17.0,13.7,5.4Hz,1H), 2.66–2.46(m,2H),2.12–2.01(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 291.2。

Intermediate 43: preparation of Compound Int-43

Step 1:

methanesulfonyl chloride (246.75 mg,2.15 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of compound 8-2 (400 mg,1.96 mmol) and triethylamine (594.46 mg,5.87 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL) at 0℃and stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours. After completion of the reaction, concentration under reduced pressure gave crude compound 43-1 (520 mg) as a yellow solid. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+NH ₄ ] ⁺ 300.0。

Step 2:

compound 43-1 (145.90 mg, 516.72. Mu. Mol) was dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL), int-42 (100 mg, 344.48. Mu. Mol) and potassium carbonate (71.41 mg, 516.72. Mu. Mol) were added in this order, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. TLC detection showed new material generation. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×10 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation to give compound 43-2 (30 mg, yield 18.3%) as a white solid. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+Na] ⁺ 499.3。

Step 3:

compound 43-2 (30 mg, 62.95. Mu. Mol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (3 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (1.54 g,13.51 mmol) was added thereto and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. TLC detection was complete and concentrated to give crude compound Int-43 (26 mg, yield 98.2%) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

Intermediate 44: preparation of Compound Int-44

Step 1:

the compound benzofuran-2-yl (pyridin-3-yl) methylamine 6-4 (253.59 mg,1.13 mmol), 3- (((tert-butoxycarbonyl) amino) methyl) phenylacetic acid 44-1 (300 mg,1.13 mmol), HATU (472.95 mg,1.24 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (438.44 mg,3.39 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (15 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 20 mL), and the organic phases were combined, washed once with saturated brine (20 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation to give compound 44-2 (500 mg, yield 93.8%) as a brown oil.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ9.34(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H),8.62(d,J＝2.3 Hz,1H),8.53(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),7.80(dt,J＝8.2,2.1Hz,1H),7.62–7.59 (m,1H),7.56–7.49(m,1H),7.42(dd,J＝7.9,4.8Hz,1H),7.35(t,J＝6.3Hz, 1H),7.31–7.21(m,3H),7.14(brs,2H),7.09(d,J＝7.6Hz,1H),6.67(t,J＝1.0 Hz,1H),6.35(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H),4.09(d,J＝6.2Hz,2H),3.56(s,2H),1.38(s, 9H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 472.1。

Step 2:

compound 44-2 (500 mg,1.06 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (4 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (1.40 g,12.28 mmol) was added dropwise and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After the completion of the reaction, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude compound Int-44 (1.11 g) as a brown oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 372.2。

Intermediate 45: preparation of Compound Int-45

The compounds benzofuran-2-yl (pyridin-3-yl) methylamine 6-4 (674.77mg,3.01 mmol) and 4-hydroxymethylphenylacetic acid 45-1 (0.5 g,3.01 mmol) were added to N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) at room temperature followed by HATU (1.26 g,3.31 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (1.17 g,9.03 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. To the reaction solution was added water (10 mL), which was diluted, extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 10 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration gave compound Int-45 (473.2 mg, yield 42.2%).

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 373.0。

Intermediate 46: preparation of Compound Int-46

By using compound 12-3 as a starting material, compound Int-46 was obtained in a similar manner to that for intermediate 43.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 421.2。

Intermediate 47: preparation of Compound Int-47

Step 1:

to a solution of 7-hydroxyheptanoic acid 47-1 (300 mg,2.05 mmol), benzofuran-2-yl (pyridin-3-yl) methylamine 6-4 (460.22 mg,2.05 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) was added HATU (858.34 mg,2.26 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (795.70mg,6.16 mmol,1.07mL) at room temperature. Stirring at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction solution was diluted with water (5 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (3X 5 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation to give compound 47-2 (309 mg, yield 42.7%) as a brown solid.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 353.2。

Step 2:

0 ℃ and N ₂ To a solution of compound 47-2 (150 mg, 425.62. Mu. Mol) and triethylamine (129.20 mg,1.28mmol,177.72. Mu.L) in anhydrous dichloromethane (5 mL) under protection was added dropwise methanesulfonyl chloride (300 mg,2.62mmol, 202.70. Mu.L), and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and TLC showed completion of the reaction. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound Int-47 (183 mg, yield 99.9%) as a brown solid. Directly used in the next reaction.

Intermediate 48: preparation of Compound Int-48

Step 1:

0 ℃ and N ₂ To a solution of compound 48-1 (3.00 g,15.85 mmol) and triethylamine (4.81 g,47.56 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (50 mL) under protection was added methanesulfonyl chloride (2.0 g,17.44 mmol) dropwise and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h, TLC showed completion of the reaction. The reaction was quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL). The reaction mixture was then diluted with water (50 mL), extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 40 mL), the organic layers combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration gave crude compound 48-2 (3.9 g, 92.0% yield) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+Na] ⁺ 290.0。

Step 2:

compound 48-2 (138.14 mg, 516.72. Mu. Mol) was dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (4 mL), int-42 (100 mg, 344.48. Mu. Mol) and potassium carbonate (71.41 mg, 516.72. Mu. Mol) were added in this order, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2×10 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation to give compound 48-3 (55 mg, yield 34.6%) as a yellow solid. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+Na] ⁺ 484.2。

Step 3:

Compound 48-3 (55 mg, 119.17. Mu. Mol) was added to anhydrous dichloromethane (6 mL), followed by trifluoroacetic acid (3.08 g,27.01 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. TLC detection was complete and the reaction solution was concentrated to give crude compound 48-4 (87 mg) as a yellow solid. Directly used in the next reaction.

Step 4:

compound 48-4 (70.00 mg, 147.2. Mu. Mol) was dissolved in t-butanol (4 mL), and triethylamine (19.60 mg, 193.69. Mu. Mol) and t-butyl acrylate (37.24 mg, 290.55. Mu. Mol) were added in this order, followed by stirring at 80℃for 10 hours. After cooling, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation to give compound 48-5 (30 mg, yield 41.6%) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 490.3。

Step 5:

compound 48-5 (30 mg, 61.28. Mu. Mol) was added to anhydrous dichloromethane (3 mL), followed by trifluoroacetic acid (1.54 g,13.51 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound Int-48 (26 mg, yield 77.5%) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

Intermediate 49: preparation of Compound Int-49

By using 3- (4- (aminomethyl) phenyl) propionic acid 49-1 as a starting material, compound Int-49 is obtained in a similar manner to the preparation of intermediate 34.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 436.1。

Intermediate 50: preparation of Compound Int-50

By using 4- (aminomethyl) benzoic acid 50-1 as a starting material, compound Int-50 is obtained in a similar manner to the preparation of intermediate 34.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 408.0。

Intermediate 51: preparation of Compound Int-51

Step 1:

benzofuran-2-yl (pyridin-3-yl) methylamine 6-4 (674.77 mg,3.01 mmol) and 4-hydroxymethylphenylacetic acid 51-1 (0.5 g,3.01 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) at room temperature, after which HATU (1.26 g,3.31 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (1.17 g,9.03 mmol) were added and stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 10 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration gave crude compound 51-2 (0.473 g, 42.2% yield). Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 373.0。

Step 2:

to a solution of compound 51-2 (100 mg, 268.52. Mu. Mol) in methylene chloride (2 mL) at room temperature was added manganese dioxide (280.14 mg,3.22 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction solution was filtered through celite, and the filtrate was concentrated to give crude compound Int-51 (85 mg) which was directly used for the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 371.0。

Intermediate 52: preparation of Compound Int-52

By using benzo [ d ] thiazole 52-1 as a starting material, compound Int-52 is obtained in a similar manner to the preparation of intermediate 37.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 241.9。

Intermediate 53: preparation of Compound Int-53

By using benzo [ d ] furan and pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde 53-1 as starting materials, compound Int-53 was obtained in a similar manner to the preparation of intermediate 37.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 226.2。

Intermediate 54: preparation of Compound Int-54

By using benzo [ b ] thiophene 54-1 as a starting material, compound Int-54 was obtained in a similar manner to the preparation of intermediate 37.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 241.2。

Intermediate 55: preparation of Compound Int-55

Step 1:

sodium nitrite (1.98 g,28.6 mmol) was slowly added dropwise to a mixed solution of dimethyl 3-aminophthalate 55-1 (5.0 g,23.9 mmol) in hydrochloric acid (10 mL,36% HCl) and water (10 mL) at 0℃and stirred for 0.5 hours, then potassium iodide (9.92 g,59.8 mmol) was added and stirring was continued at room temperature for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction, it was diluted with water (10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 20 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =5:1-1:1) to give compound 3-dimethyl iodophthalate 55-2 (4.0 g, yield 52.3%) as a white solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ8.17(dd,J＝7.9,1.1Hz,1H),7.99(dd,J ＝7.9,1.1Hz,1H),7.37(t,J＝7.9Hz,1H),3.85(s,3H),3.83(s,3H)。

Step 2:

under nitrogen, compound 55-2 (500 mg,1.56 mmol), tert-butyl 4-aminophenylacetate (323.7 mg,1.56 mmol), 2 '-bis (diphenylphosphino) -1,1' -Binaphthyl (BINAP) (48.6 mg, 78.1. Mu. Mol), cesium carbonate (712.5 mg,2.19 mmol) and tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium (Pd ₂ (dba) ₃ ) (42.9 mg, 46.8. Mu. Mol) was added to anhydrous toluene (5 mL) and stirred at 120℃for 16 hours. After cooling, the reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation to give compound 55-3 (490 mg, yield 78.6%) as a yellow oil.

LCMS[M+Na] ⁺ 422.3。

Step 3:

to a solution of compound 55-3 (250 mg, 625.8. Mu. Mol) in 1, 4-dioxane (1 mL) was added aqueous sodium hydroxide (5M, 5 mL), and the mixture was heated and stirred at 80℃for 3 hours. After cooling, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 15 mL). The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH 5 and extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 20 mL), the organic phases combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation to give compound 55-4 (120 mg, yield 60.8%) as a yellow solid.

LCMS[M+Na] ⁺ 337.9。

Step 4:

compound 55-4 (100 mg, 317.1. Mu. Mol) and 3-aminopiperidine-2, 6-dione hydrochloride 55-5 (83.5 mg, 507.4. Mu. Mol) were added to pyridine (2 mL) and stirred with heating at 120℃for 12 hours. After completion of the reaction, ethyl acetate (30 mL) was diluted, 1M hydrochloric acid (2X 30 mL) and water (2X 30 mL) were used for washing, and the organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration gave crude compound Int-55 (135 mg) as a brown oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 408.1。

Intermediate 56: preparation of Compound Int-56

By using benzo [ d ] oxazole 56-1 as a starting material, compound Int-56 was obtained in a similar manner to the preparation of intermediate 37.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 226.0。

Intermediate 57: preparation of Compound Int-57

Step 1:

2-fluoro-3-iodopyridine 57-1 (13.4 g,60.09 mmol) and ethynyl trimethylsilane (9.03 g,91.89mmol,12.73 mL) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (200 mL), bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) dichloride (2.68 g,3.82 mmol) was added to the solution under nitrogen, and cuprous iodide (938.00 mg,4.93 mmol) and triethylamine (9.16 g,90.50mmol,12.60 mL) were reacted under stirring at room temperature for 6 hours. After completion of the reaction, the filtrate was diluted with water (200 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (3×200 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate (V/V) =20/1 to 10/1) to give compound 57-2 (7.18 g, yield 61.8%) as brown oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 194.1。

Step 2:

compound 57-2 (7 g,36.21 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) and water (10 mL) at 0deg.C, tetrabutylammonium fluoride solution (1M, 36.2 mL) was slowly added and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (100 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (3X 100 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration gave crude compound 57-3 (6.32 g) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

Step 3:

compound 57-3 (4.39 g,36.25 mmol) was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (50 mL), sodium hydroxide (1.74 g,43.50 mmol) was added, and stirred at 80℃for 12 hours. Cooled to room temperature, diluted with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (100 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (3X 100 mL), and the organic layers were combined, washed with saturated brine (3X 100 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate (V/V) =20/1 to 10/1) to give compound 57-4 (1.09 g, yield 25.2%) as yellow oil.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,Chloroform-d)δ8.32(dd,J＝4.9,1.7Hz,1H),7.93 (dd,J＝7.7,1.7Hz,1H),7.70(d,J＝2.5Hz,1H),7.22(dd,J＝7.7,4.9Hz,1H), 6.77(d,J＝2.5Hz,1H)。

Step 4:

tert-butyllithium (1.3M, 6.59 mL) was slowly added dropwise to a solution of compound 57-4 (850 mg,7.14 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) at-78deg.C under nitrogen, and stirred for 15 min. A solution of nicotinaldehyde (917.16 mg,8.56 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added dropwise, stirring was completed for 15 min, then naturally warmed to room temperature, and stirring was continued for 3.5 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution (50 mL), diluted with water (20 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3X 30 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with saturated brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate (V/V) =10/1 to 0/1) to give compound 57-5 (850 mg, yield 52.6%) as yellow oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 226.9。

Subsequent steps 5-8, using a similar procedure to that used to prepare intermediate 37, yield compound Int-57.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 226.0。

Intermediate 58: preparation of Compound Int-58

Step 1:

two carbons are mixedDi-tert-butyl acid (Boc) ₂ O) (24.99 g,114.50mmol,26.31 mL) and 4- (dimethylamino) pyridine (2.10 g,17.16 mmol) were added to a solution of 4-iodophenylacetic acid 58-1 (15 g,57.24 mmol) in t-butanol (100 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. TLC detects the generation of new material and the reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =50:1-1:1) to give compound 58-2 (9.20 g, yield 50.5%) as a colorless oil.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ7.70–7.62(m,2H),7.10–7.02(m,2H), 3.52(s,2H),1.39(s,9H)。

Step 2:

compound 58-2 (3.00 g,9.43 mmol), ethynyl trimethylsilane (1.85 g,18.86 mmol), triethylamine (18.18 g,179.61 mmol), bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) dichloride (661.9 mg, 942.95. Mu. Mol) and copper iodide (179.6 mg, 942.95. Mu. Mol) were added to anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (25 mL) and stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =50:1-1:1) to give compound 58-3 (2.19 g, yield 80.5%) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ7.42–7.37(m,2H),7.27–7.22(m,2H), 3.58(s,2H),1.38(s,9H),0.22(s,9H)。

Step 3:

An aqueous potassium carbonate solution (1M, 5 mL) was added to a solution of compound 58-3 (1.36 g,4.71 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (20 mL) and reacted at room temperature for 0.5 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL) and the organic layers combined. Dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to give crude compound 58-4 (790 mg, yield 77.5%) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,Chloroform-d)δ7.46–7.42(m,2H),7.25–7.21(m, 2H),3.52(s,2H),3.06(s,1H),1.43(s,9H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 217.2。

Step 4:

compound 58-4 (380 mg,1.76 mmol), 4-bromo-1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -isoindoline 1-3 (592.34 mg,1.76 mmol), triethylamine (727.0mg,7.18 mmol), bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) dichloride (123.3 mg, 175.70. Mu. Mol) and cuprous iodide (66.9 mg, 351.40. Mu. Mol) were added to a solution of N, N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and stirred at 80℃under nitrogen for 12 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×10 mL), and the organic layers were combined. Dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =50:1-1:1) and reverse phase column secondary purification to give compound 58-5 (190 mg, yield 22.9%) as a white solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,Chloroform-d)δ8.05(brs,1H),7.83(dd,J＝2.5,1.0 Hz,1H),7.82–7.80(m,1H),7.72(dd,J＝8.0,7.2Hz,1H),7.64–7.57(m,2H), 7.33–7.26(m,2H),5.01(dd,J＝12.3,5.3Hz,1H),3.55(s,2H),2.97–2.68(m, 3H),2.22–2.11(m,1H),1.43(s,9H)。

LCMS[M+NH ₄ ] ⁺ 490.2。

Step 5:

compound 58-5 (190 mg, 402.13. Mu. Mol) was added to anhydrous dichloromethane (6 mL), trifluoroacetic acid (3.08 g,27.01mmol,2 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. TLC detection of the reaction was complete and the reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound Int-58 (196 mg) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

Intermediate 59: preparation of Compound Int-59

Compound 4- (bromomethyl) phenylacetic acid 59-1 (150 mg, 654.82. Mu. Mol), int-42 (190.09 mg, 654.82. Mu. Mol) and potassium carbonate (271.50 mg,1.96 mmol) were added to N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) and stirred at 90℃for 8 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 5 by adding 1M aqueous hydrochloric acid, extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 20 mL), and the combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, and concentrating under reduced pressure to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation to give compound Int-59 (203 mg, yield 70.7%) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ12.32(s,1H),11.11(s,1H),7.83(d,J＝ 8.1Hz,1H),7.76(t,J＝7.7Hz,1H),7.62(d,J＝7.1Hz,1H),7.42(d,J＝7.8Hz, 2H),7.23(d,J＝7.9Hz,2H),5.11(dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz,1H),4.43(s,2H),3.54 (s,2H),2.88(ddd,J＝16.6,13.6,5.3Hz,1H),2.65–2.44(m,2H),2.09–1.98 (m,1H)。

Intermediate 60: preparation of Compound Int-60

The compounds benzofuran-2-yl (pyridin-3-yl) methylamine 6-4 (1.11 g,4.95 mmol) and azidoacetic acid (500 mg,4.95 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL), O- (7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl) -N, N, N ', N' -tetramethyluronium Hexafluorophosphate (HATU) (2.07 g,5.44 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (1.92 g,14.84mmol,2.59 mL) were added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 10 mL), and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine (2X 10 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate (tetrahydrofuran was added during concentration without spin-drying) gave crude compound Int-60 (2.3 g) as a brown oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 308.0。

Intermediate 61: preparation of Compound Int-61

The compound 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-fluoroisoindoline 7-2 (1 g, 3.62 mmol) and propargylamine (259.22 mg,4.71mmol, 301.42. Mu.L) were added to N, N-dimethylformamide (15 mL), followed by N, N-diisopropylethylamine (935.80mg,7.24mmol,1.26 mL) and heated to 90℃for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (50 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 20 mL), and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine (2X 20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column preparation to give compound Int-61 (0.234 g, 20.8% yield) as a yellow solid.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 311.9。

The new data are as follows

Intermediate 62: preparation of Compound Int-62

Step 1:

tert-butyl 2-bromoacetate (964.21 mg,4.94mmol, 730.47. Mu.L) was slowly added dropwise to a solution of tert-butyl (4- (methylamino) butyl) carbamate 62-1 (1 g,4.94 mmol) and triethylamine (1.00 g,9.89mmol,1.38 mL) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) at 0deg.C and stirred at room temperature for 36 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (15 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 20 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =5:1 to 0:1) to give compound 62-2 (0.836 g, yield 53.4%) as a colorless oil.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,Chloroform-d)δ4.78(brs,1H),3.16–3.07(m,4H), 2.51–2.43(m,2H),2.33(s,3H),1.50(p,J＝3.8Hz,4H),1.45(s,9H),1.42(s, 9H).

Step 2:

to a solution of compound 62-2 (0.836 g,2.64 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (6 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (3.08 g,27.01mmol,2 mL) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound 62-3 (0.4 g, yield 94.5%) as a colorless oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

Step 3:

compound 62-3 (191.41 mg,1.19 mmol), 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-fluoroisoindoline 7-2 (0.3 g,1.09 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (421.11 mg,3.26mmol, 567.53. Mu.L) were dissolved in 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (3 mL) and heated to 110℃for 2 hours with stirring. The reaction mixture was purified by reverse phase column separation to give compound Int-62 (0.04 g, yield 8.8%) as a yellow solid.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 417.0。

Intermediate 63: preparation of Compound Int-63

Step 1:

an aqueous solution (100 mL) of sodium hydroxide (3.98 g,99.59 mmol) was added to a solution of 2- (methylamino) ethanol 63-1 (7.48 g,99.59mmol,8 mL) in methylene chloride (100 mL), and then a solution of chloroacetyl chloride (11.25 g,99.59mmol,7.92 mL) in methylene chloride (100 mL) was slowly added and stirred at room temperature for 34 hours. The organic phase was separated, washed once with saturated brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate gave a white oil. It was dissolved in ethanol (150 mL), and potassium hydroxide (5.6 g,99.81 mmol) was added as a solid, and stirred with heating at 45℃for 10 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated to give crude compound 63-2 (15 g) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

Step 2:

compound 63-2 (11.74 g,101.97 mmol) and potassium hydroxide (5.6 g,99.81 mmol) were dissolved in ethanol (150 mL) and heated at 95℃for 15 h. After cooling to room temperature, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (Boc) ₂ O) (44 g,201.61mmol,46.32 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated, the pH was adjusted to about 9 with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, the mixture was washed with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL), the pH of the aqueous phase was adjusted to about 4 with diluted hydrochloric acid, and the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to give compound 63-3 (3.5 g, yield 14.7%) as a colorless transparent oil.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ12.58(brs,1H),4.00(s,2H),3.54(t,J＝ 5.8Hz,2H),3.31(t,J＝5.8Hz,2H),2.80(s,3H),1.38(s,9H)。

Step 3:

the compound 63-3 (2 g,8.57 mmol), benzofuran-2-yl (pyridin-3-yl) methylamine 6-4 (1.92 g,8.57 mmol), O- (7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl) -N, N, N ', N' -tetramethyluronium Hexafluorophosphate (HATU) (3.59 g,9.43 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (3.32g,25.72 mmol,4.48mL) were added to N, N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) at room temperature and stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (100 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =100:1 to 0:1) to give compound 63-4 (1.42 g, yield 37.7%) as a brown oil.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ8.96(d,J＝8.5Hz,1H),8.67(d,J＝2.3 Hz,1H),8.54(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),7.86(dt,J＝8.0,2.0Hz,1H),7.59(dd,J ＝7.5,1.5Hz,1H),7.53(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H),7.43(dd,J＝7.9,4.7Hz,1H),7.28 (td,J＝7.9,1.5Hz,1H),7.23(td,J＝7.4,1.1Hz,1H),6.64(t,J＝1.0Hz,1H), 6.45(d,J＝8.5Hz,1H),4.04(s,2H),3.58(t,J＝5.7Hz,2H),3.35(t,J＝5.7Hz, 2H),2.80(s,3H),1.35(s,9H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 440.4。

Step 4:

trifluoroacetic acid (7.70 g,67.53mmol,5 mL) was added to a solution of compound 63-4 (1.4 g,3.19 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (15 mL) at room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated to give a crude compound Int-63 as trifluoroacetate salt (0.692 g, yield 47.9%) as a brown oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 340.3。

Intermediate 64: preparation of Compound Int-64

Step 1:

the compound 4-bromo-1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -isoindoline 1-3 (5 g,14.83 mmol), allyltributylstannane (7.37 g,22.25mmol,6.82 mL) and tetrakis triphenylphosphine palladium (1.71 g,1.48 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (30 mL) and heated to 100℃for 12 h. After the reaction was completed, it was cooled to room temperature and filtered. The filtrate was diluted with water (50 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 50 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =15:1 to 1:1) to give compound 64-1 (3.2 g, yield 72.3%) as a white solid.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 299.2。

Step 2:

ozone was slowly added to a solution of compound 64-1 (0.3 g,1.01 mmol) in methylene chloride (50 mL) at-78deg.C until the reaction became pale blue, dimethyl sulfide (124.98 mg, 2.01mmol, 147.73. Mu.L) was added, and then naturally warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound Int-64 (0.4 g, crude), a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.11(s,1H),9.77(s,1H),7.86–7.80(m, 2H),7.73–7.69(m,1H),5.13(dd,J＝13.1,5.5Hz,1H),4.28(s,2H),2.94– 2.83(m,1H),2.65–2.51(m,2H),2.10–1.99(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 301.3。

Intermediate 65: preparation of Compound Int-65

Step 1:

di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (Boc) ₂ O) (1.63 g,7.46 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 4- (methylamino) -1-butanol 65-1 (770 mg,7.46 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After the reaction, water (10 mL) was added to dilute the mixture, the mixture was extracted with methylene chloride (2X 10 mL), and the organic layers were combined with anhydrous sulfurAnd (5) drying sodium acid. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =50:1 to 1:1) to give compound 65-2 (1.25 g, yield 82.4%) as a yellow oil.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ4.38(t,J＝5.1Hz,1H),3.39(td,J＝6.4, 5.1Hz,2H),3.14(t,J＝7.1Hz,2H),2.74(s,3H),1.46(p,J＝7.2Hz,2H),1.38 (s,9H),1.38–1.30(m,2H)。

Step 2:

methanesulfonyl chloride (290 mg,2.53mmol, 195.95. Mu.L) was added to a solution of compound 65-2 (200 mg, 983.88. Mu. Mol) and triethylamine (298.68 mg,2.95mmol, 410.83. Mu.L) in methylene chloride (10 mL) at 0℃and then stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated to obtain crude compound 65-3 (720 mg, crude) as a yellow solid. Directly used in the next reaction.

Step 3:

to a solution of compound 65-3 (712.40 mg,2.53 mmol) in acetonitrile (5 mL) was added cesium carbonate (707.10 mg,2.17 mmol) and 4-mercapto-1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -isoindoline Int-42 (210 mg, 723.40. Mu. Mol) at room temperature, followed by stirring with heating at 50℃for 3 hours. After the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation to give compound 65-4 (118 mg, yield 34.3%) as a yellow solid.

LCMS[M+Na] ⁺ 498.2。

Step 4:

trifluoroacetic acid (3.08 g,27.01mmol,2 mL) was added to a solution of compound 65-4 (170 mg, 357.48. Mu. Mol) in dichloromethane (6 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound 65-5 (250 mg) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

Step 5:

tert-butyl bromoacetate (249.38 mg,1.28mmol, 188.92. Mu.L) was added to a solution of compound 65-5 (240 mg, 639.25. Mu. Mol) and triethylamine (129.37 mg,1.28mmol, 177.95. Mu.L) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) at 0deg.C, and stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. Water (20 mL) was added to dilute the mixture, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 20 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation to give compound 65-6 (116 mg, yield 36.9%) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.12(s,1H),7.80–7.76(m,2H),7.62 (dd,J＝4.8,3.2Hz,1H),5.11(dd,J＝12.7,5.4Hz,1H),3.15(t,J＝7.3Hz,4H), 2.89(ddd,J＝18.5,13.7,5.3Hz,1H),2.64–2.51(m,2H),2.27(s,3H),2.10– 1.99(m,1H),1.67(q,J＝7.3Hz,2H),1.64–1.53(m,2H),1.40(s,9H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 490.4。

Step 6:

trifluoroacetic acid (3.08 g,27.01mmol,2 mL) was added to a solution of compound 65-6 (60 mg, 122.55. Mu. Mol) in dichloromethane (6 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound Int-65 (49 mg, yield 92.2%) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

Intermediate 66: preparation of Compound Int-66

Step 1:

to a solution of ethylene glycol (4.17 g,67.23mmol,3.76 mL) and tert-butyl 4-bromobutyrate 66-1 (5 g,22.41 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) were added tetrabutylammonium bisulfate (7.61 g,22.41 mmol) and sodium hydroxide (3.59 g,89.64 mmol) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into water (50 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =10:1-1:1) to give compound 66-2 (280 mg, yield 6.1%) as a colorless oil.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,Chloroform-d)δ3.74–3.66(m,2H),3.56–3.45(m, 4H),2.35–2.23(m,3H),1.93–1.81(m,2H),1.43(s,9H)。

Step 2:

methanesulfonyl chloride (0.154 g,1.34mmol, 104.05. Mu.L) was added to a solution of compound 66-2 (250 mg,1.22 mmol) and triethylamine (371.54 mg,3.67mmol, 511.06. Mu.L) in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL) under nitrogen, followed by stirring at room temperature for 0.5 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) at 0deg.C, extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 20 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate gave crude compound 66-3 (340 mg, crude) as a colorless oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

Step 3:

to a solution of compound 66-3 (233.43 mg, 826.75. Mu. Mol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (2 mL) were added cesium carbonate (404.06 mg,1.24 mmol) and 4-mercapto-1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -isoindoline Int-42 (120 mg, 413.37. Mu. Mol), and the mixture was heated and stirred at 50℃for 3 hours. After the reaction is completed, the reaction solution is filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation to give compound 66-4 (30 mg, yield 15.2%) as a white solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.11(s,1H),7.84–7.73(m,2H),7.67– 7.59(m,1H),5.11(dd,J＝12.7,5.4Hz,1H),3.66(t,J＝6.2Hz,2H),3.42(t,J＝ 6.3Hz,4H),2.95–2.83(m,1H),2.65–2.53(m,2H),2.21(t,J＝7.5Hz,2H), 2.10–2.01(m,1H),1.69(p,J＝6.9Hz,2H),1.38(s,9H)。

LCMS[M+Na] ⁺ 499.9。

Step 4:

trifluoroacetic acid (3.08 g,27.01mmol,2 mL) was added to a solution of compound 66-4 (30 mg, 62.95. Mu. Mol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (6 mL) at room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound Int-66 (45 mg) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 420.9。

Intermediate 67: preparation of Compound Int-67

Step 1:

a solution of 4-acetylphenylacetic acid 67-1 (500 mg,2.81 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL) was added to a buffer solution (50 mL,0.1M triethanolamine solution pH=8.5) of the enzyme CD-ATA-141 (500 mg), isopropylamine hydrochloride (2.68 g,28.06 mmol) and (4-formyl-5-hydroxy-6-methylpyridin-3-yl) methylphosphonate monohydrate (pyridoxal 5-phosphate) (25.00 mg, 101.16. Mu. Mol) followed by a 1M sodium hydroxide solution to adjust pH=7.0-8.5 and stirring at 45℃for 40 hours. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was diluted with water (20 mL), filtered, and the filtrate was lyophilized to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation to give compound 67-2 (192 mg, yield 38.4%) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ7.39(d,J＝7.6Hz,2H),7.29(d,J＝7.3 Hz,2H),4.36–4.28(m,1H),3.56(s,2H),1.45(d,J＝6.3Hz,3H)。

Step 2:

compound 67-2 (155.59 mg, 868.15. Mu. Mol), 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-fluoroisoindoline 7-2 (0.218 g, 789.23. Mu. Mol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (306.01 mg,2.37mmol, 412.41. Mu.L) were added to a solution of N-methylpyrrolidone (3 mL) and stirred with heating at 110℃for 2 hours using microwaves. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation to give compound Int-67 (70 mg, yield 20.4%) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.11(s,1H),7.53–7.43(m,1H),7.35 (d,J＝7.9Hz,2H),7.25–7.18(m,2H),7.02(d,J＝7.1Hz,1H),6.88(dd,J＝ 8.6,4.2Hz,1H),6.68(dd,J＝7.6,2.2Hz,1H),5.07(dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz,1H), 4.82(p,J＝6.1Hz,1H),3.52(s,2H),2.95–2.83(m,1H),2.64–2.52(m,2H), 2.09–2.01(m,1H),1.52(d,J＝6.7Hz,3H)。

LCMS[M+Na] ⁺ 458.2。

Intermediate 68: preparation of Compound Int-68

Step 1:

tert-butyllithium (1.3M, 9.0 mL) was slowly added dropwise to nitrogen-protected 4-chlorofuro [3,2-c ] at-78deg.C]Pyridine 68-1 (1.5 g,9.77 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL), stirring at-78deg.C for 10 min, then dropping nicotinaldehyde (1.05 g,9.77 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (8 mL), stirring at-78deg.C for 15 min after dropping, naturally heating to room temperature, and stirring for 1 hr. After completion of the reaction, saturated NH was used ₄ The reaction was quenched with Cl solution (10 mL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 30 mL), the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =10:1-0:1) to give compound 68-2 (2.3 g, yield 90.3%) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ8.69(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.53(dd,J＝4.8, 1.7Hz,1H),8.25(d,J＝5.7Hz,1H),7.86(dt,J＝8.1,2.1Hz,1H),7.69(dd,J＝ 5.7,1.0Hz,1H),7.41(ddd,J＝7.9,4.8,0.9Hz,1H),6.88(t,J＝1.0Hz,1H), 6.66(d,J＝5.0Hz,1H),6.04(d,J＝5.0Hz,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 261.1。

Step 2:

zinc powder (1.87 g,28.60 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 68-2 (1.2 g,4.60 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (20 mL) and reacted at 120℃with stirring for 4 hours. After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =3:1-0:1) to give compound 68-3 (0.204 g, yield 19.6%) as a yellow oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 227.1。

Subsequent steps 3-6, using a similar procedure to that used to prepare intermediate 36, yielded compound Int-68 as a yellow solid. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 226.2。

Intermediate 69: preparation of Compound Int-69

By using 3-butyn-1-amine as a starting material, compound Int-69 was obtained in a similar manner to the preparation of intermediate 61.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 326.0。

Intermediate 70: preparation of Compound Int-70

By using 3-azidopropionic acid as a starting material, compound Int-70 was obtained in a similar manner to that for intermediate 60.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 322.0。

Intermediate 71: preparation of Compound Int-71

Step 1:

methyl 2- (5-bromo-2-pyridinyl) acetate 71-1 (0.6 g,2.61 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous methanol (10 mL), and an aqueous solution (1 mL) of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (0.11 g,2.62 mmol) was added thereto, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 50℃for 1 hour. After the reaction is completed, cooling to room temperature, adding 1M dilute hydrochloric acid into the reaction solution to adjust the pH to 3, filtering, and concentrating the filtrate to obtain a crude product. The crude product was slurried with acetone (50 mL) to give compound 71-2 (0.49 g, 86.1% yield) as a yellow solid.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 216.1。

Step 2:

compound 71-2 (444.4 mg,2.04 mmol), benzofuran-2-yl (pyridin-3-yl) methylamine 6-4 (456.7 mg,2.04 mmol), O- (7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl) -N, N, N ', N' -tetramethyluronium Hexafluorophosphate (HATU) (851.87 mg,2.24 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (789.70 mg, 6.11mmol,1.06 mL) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, water (50 mL) was added to dilute, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL), and the combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine (80 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =5:1 to 1:1) to give compound 71-3 (0.83 g, yield 93.6%) as a brown oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 422.2。

Step 3:

compound 71-3 (0.6 g,1.42 mmol), ((t-butoxycarbonyl) amino) methyl) potassium trifluoroborate (673.69 mg,2.84 mmol), 2-dicyclohexylphosphine-2, 6-dimethoxybiphenyl (SPhos, 291.66mg, 710.44. Mu. Mol), palladium acetate (31.90 mg, 142.09. Mu. Mol) and cesium carbonate (1.39 g, 4.26 mmol) were dissolved in a mixed solution of 1, 4-dioxane (30 mL) and water (8 mL), and the mixture was heated and stirred at 100℃under nitrogen for 36 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered, extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =3:1 to 0:1) to give compound 71-4 (0.193 g, yield 28.8%) as a brown oil.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ9.39(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),8.66(d,J＝2.3 Hz,1H),8.53(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),8.35(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),7.83(dt,J＝7.6, 2.0Hz,1H),7.64–7.50(m,3H),7.46–7.40(m,2H),7.31–7.20(m,3H),6.72 (t,J＝1.1Hz,1H),6.37(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),4.11(d,J＝6.2Hz,2H),3.76(s,2H), 1.38(s,9H)。

Step 4:

trifluoroacetic acid (770.0 mg,6.75mmol,0.5 mL) was added to a solution of compound 71-4 (0.19 g, 402.09. Mu. Mol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (3 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, then saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to adjust the pH to 9, methylene chloride (2X 10 mL) was further added to extract, and the combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine (10 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate gave compound Int-71 (0.13 g, 86.8% yield) as a brown oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 373.3。

Intermediate 72: preparation of Compound Int-72

Step 1:

a mixed solution of compound 58-4 (500 mg,2.31 mmol), 4, 5-tetramethyl-1, 3, 2-dioxaborane (334.33 mg,2.61mmol, 379.06. Mu.L), zirconium bis (cyclopentadienyl) chloride (61.71 mg, 231.19. Mu. Mol) and triethylamine (23.39 mg, 231.19. Mu. Mol, 32.18. Mu.L) was heated and stirred at 70℃for 12 hours under nitrogen. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×10 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =50:1 to 1:1) to give compound 72-1 (446 mg, yield 56.0%) as a white solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ7.56–7.49(m,2H),7.33–7.21(m,3H), 6.11(d,J＝18.4Hz,1H),3.56(s,2H),1.39(s,9H),1.24(s,12H)。

Step 2:

to a mixed solution of dioxane (5 mL) and water (1 mL) under nitrogen protection was added compound 72-1 (245.07 mg, 711.90. Mu. Mol), 4-bromo-1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -isoindoline 1-3 (200 mg, 593.25. Mu. Mol) and potassium carbonate (245.97 mg,1.78 mmol), followed by bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) dichloride (41.64 mg, 59.33. Mu. Mol) and stirred at 80℃for 2 hours. TLC checked completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (30 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate gave crude compound 72-2 (394 mg) as a yellow solid. Directly used in the next reaction.

Step 3:

trifluoroacetic acid (3.08 g,27.01mmol,2 mL) was added to a solution of compound 72-2 (200 mg, 421.49. Mu. Mol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (6 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. TLC detection of the reaction was complete and the reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound Int-72 (264 mg) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

Intermediate 73: preparation of Compound Int-73

Step 1:

tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (1.91 g,1.65 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 2- (6-bromo-3-pyridinyl) acetate 73-1 (1.9 g,8.26 mmol) and zinc cyanide (1.90 g,16.18 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) under nitrogen, and heated at 120℃for 1 hour under stirring. After the reaction is completed, the reaction solution is filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =50:1 to 1:1) to give compound 73-2 (0.768 g, yield 52.8%) as yellow oil.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,Chloroform-d)δ8.61(d,J＝2.2Hz,1H),7.80(dd,J＝ 7.9,2.3Hz,1H),7.67(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H),3.73(s,3H),3.72(s,2H)。

Step 2:

to a mixed solution of compound 73-2 (0.668 g,3.79 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) and water (0.5 mL), lithium hydroxide monohydrate (159.12 mg,3.79 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After the completion of the reaction, a diluted hydrochloric acid solution was added to adjust ph=5 or so, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude compound 73-3 (0.614 g, yield 99.9%) as a white solid. Directly used in the next reaction.

Step 3:

compound 73-3 (614 mg,3.79 mmol) and benzofuran-2-yl (pyridin-3-yl) methylamine 6-4 (849.21 mg,3.79 mmol) were added to N, N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), followed by O- (7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl) -N, N, N ', N' -tetramethyluronium Hexafluorophosphate (HATU) (1.58 g,4.17 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (1.47 g,11.36mmol,1.98 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 2 h. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered, and the cake was washed with ethyl acetate (3X 10 mL), and the filtrate was concentrated to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation to give compound 73-4 (800 mg, yield 57.4%) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ9.50(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H),8.72(s,1H), 8.66(s,1H),8.64–8.58(m,1H),8.02–7.92(m,3H),7.61(d,J＝7.5Hz,1H), 7.59–7.52(m,2H),7.33–7.28(m,1H),7.24(t,J＝7.4Hz,1H),6.73(s,1H), 6.42(d,J＝7.9Hz,1H),3.80(s,2H)。

Step 4:

raney nickel (300 mg) was added to an anhydrous methanol solution (10 mL) of compound 73-4 (300 mg, 814.36. Mu. Mol) and 25% ammonia (1.09 g,7.79mmol,1.20 mL) under nitrogen, and after three hydrogen substitutions, the mixture was stirred at room temperature under 15psi of hydrogen for 6 hours. After completion of the reaction, filtration, washing the cake with methanol 2 times (2X 5 mL) and concentration of the filtrate gave crude compound Int-73 (277 mg) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 373.2。

Intermediate 74: preparation of Compound Int-74

Step 1:

to a solution of the compound ethyl 4-cyanophenylacetate 74-1 (0.5 g,2.64 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) was added sodium hydride (116.26 mg,2.91mmol,60% purity) in portions at 0deg.C, and methyl iodide (393.83 mg,2.77mmol,172.73 μL) was then slowly added dropwise thereto, and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) at 0deg.C, extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 50 mL), and the combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine (3X 50 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =100:1 to 5:1) to give compound 74-2 (0.46, g, yield 85.6%) as a colorless transparent oil.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,Chloroform-d)δ7.63–7.58(m,2H),7.43–7.39(m, 2H),4.14–4.08(m,2H),3.75(q,J＝7.2Hz,1H),1.50(d,J＝7.2Hz,3H),1.20 (t,J＝7.1Hz,3H)。

Step 2:

compound 74-2 (0.4 g,1.97 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL), and an aqueous solution (4 mL) of sodium hydroxide (196.80 mg,4.92 mmol) was slowly added dropwise, followed by stirring at room temperature for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction, a diluted acetic acid solution was added to adjust ph=4, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL), and the combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate gave crude compound 74-3 (0.26 g) as a colorless transparent oil.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ12.43(brs,1H),7.82–7.77(m,2H),7.52 –7.47(m,2H),3.82(q,J＝7.1Hz,1H),1.38(d,J＝7.1Hz,3H)。

Step 3:

the compound 74-3 (0.26 g,1.48 mmol), benzofuran-2-yl (pyridin-3-yl) methylamine 6-4 (332.83 mg,1.48 mmol), O- (7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl) -N, N, N ', N' -tetramethyluronium Hexafluorophosphate (HATU) (620.75 mg,1.63 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (575.45 mg, 4.45mmol, 775.54. Mu.L) were added to N, N-dimethylformamide (6 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (30 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =100:1 to 0:1) to give two sets of isomer compounds 74-4A (300 mg, yield 53.0%) and 74-4B (250 mg, yield 44.2%) as brown oils. The three-dimensional configuration is not judged.

74-4A：LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 382.1。t _R ＝0.543min.(

EVO C18 column, 2.1X130 mm,5 μm column temperature 40 ℃, mobile phase A: water (0.0375% tfa) mobile phase B: acetonitrile (containing 0.01875% tfa), a%:95% -5%, flow rate 1.5mL/min, method time length 1.2 min)

74-4B：LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 382.2。t _R ＝0.539min.(

Step 4:

raney nickel (0.3 g) was added to a solution of compound 74-4A (0.23 g, 603.00. Mu. Mol) and ammonia (1.40 g,11.94mmol,1.53mL,30% purity) in methanol (3 mL) under nitrogen, and after three hydrogen substitutions, the mixture was stirred at 15psi of hydrogen for 6 hours at room temperature. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, and the cake was washed with methanol 2 times (2X 5 mL), and the filtrate was concentrated to give crude compound Int-74 (0.13 g, yield 55.9%) as a brown oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 386.2。

Intermediate 75: preparation of Compound Int-75

Raney nickel (0.3 g) was added to a solution of compound 74-4B (0.27 g, 707.87. Mu. Mol) and ammonia (1.64 g,14.02mmol,1.80mL,30% purity) in methanol (3 mL) under nitrogen, and after three hydrogen substitutions, the mixture was stirred at room temperature under 15psi of hydrogen for 6 hours. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, and the cake was washed with methanol 2 times (2X 5 mL), and the filtrate was concentrated to give crude compound Int-75 (0.21 g, yield 77.0%) as a brown oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 386.1。

Intermediate 76: preparation of Compound Int-76

Step 1:

n-butyllithium (2.5M, 1.78 mL) was slowly added dropwise to a solution of nitrogen-protected benzofuran (0.5 g,4.23 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) at-78deg.C, and stirring at-78deg.C 30. After that, a solution of pyrimidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester 76-1 (584.61 mg,4.23 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was added dropwise, and after completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at-78℃for 15 minutes, and then the mixture was naturally warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, saturated NH was used at 0 DEG C ₄ The reaction was quenched with Cl solution (20 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 50 mL), and the combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine (2X 50 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =100:1-1:1) to give compound 76-2 (0.41 g, yield 43.2%) as a pale brown solid.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 225.1。

Subsequent steps 2-4, using a similar procedure to that used to prepare intermediate 37, gave crude compound Int-76 as a brown oil.

LCMS[M-NH ₂ ] ⁺ 209.3。

Intermediate 77: preparation of Compound Int-77

Step 1:

n-butyllithium (2.5M, 8.21 mL) was slowly added dropwise to a nitrogen-protected solution of 2, 6-tetramethylpiperidine (2.90 g,20.54mmol,3.49 mL) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (12 mL) at-30℃and stirred at 0℃for 30 min. A solution of pyridazine (1.97 g,24.64 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) and a solution of benzofuran-2-carbaldehyde 77-1 (3 g,20.53mmol,2.48 mL) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) were added dropwise in this order and stirred at-78deg.C for 4 hours after completion of the dropwise addition. After completion of the reaction, saturated NH was used at 0 DEG C ₄ The reaction was quenched with Cl solution (30 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 30 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =50:1-1:1) to give compound 77-2 (1.72 g, yield 37.0%) as a yellow oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 227.2。

Subsequent steps 2-5, using a similar procedure to that used to prepare intermediate 37, gave compound Int-77 as a yellow oil.

LCMS[M-NH ₂ ] ⁺ 209.1。

Intermediate 78: preparation of Compound Int-78

Step 1:

the compound 2- [3- (hydroxymethyl) -1-bicyclo [1.1.1] pentyl ] acetic acid tert-butyl ester 78-1 (50 mg, 235.53. Mu. Mol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (1.44 mg, 11.78. Mu. Mol) and triethylamine (71.50 mg, 706.60. Mu. Mol, 98.35. Mu.L) were dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (4 mL) at room temperature, and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (67.36 mg, 353.30. Mu. Mol) was added thereto and stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. After the completion of the reaction, water (10 mL) was added for dilution, methylene chloride (2X 10 mL) was used for extraction, and the organic phases were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate gave crude compound 78-2 (84 mg) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+Na] ⁺ 389.2。

Step 2:

sodium azide (17.88 mg, 275.06. Mu. Mol) was added to a solution of compound 78-2 (84 mg, 229.21. Mu. Mol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) and stirred at 60℃for 12 hours. The reaction solution was diluted with water (10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 10 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate gave crude compound 78-3 (150 mg) which was used directly in the next reaction.

Step 3:

wet palladium on carbon (100 mg,10% Pd/C) was added to a methanol (3 mL) solution of compound 78-3 (150 mg, 632.12. Mu. Mol) under argon atmosphere, and after three hydrogen substitutions, the mixture was stirred at room temperature under 50psi of hydrogen for 12 hours. After completion of the reaction, filtration, washing the cake with methanol 3 times (3X 15 mL), combining the filtrates, and concentrating under reduced pressure gave crude compound 78-4 (110 mg) as a yellow oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

Step 4:

compound 78-4 (110 mg, 520.59. Mu. Mol), 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-fluoroisoindoline 7-2 (143.80 mg, 520.59. Mu. Mol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (134.56 mg,1.04mmol, 181.35. Mu.L) were dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (2 mL) at room temperature and heated at 130℃for 2 hours. The reaction solution was diluted with water (10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 10 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase prep HPLC to give compound 78-5 (83 mg, 34.1% yield) as a yellow solid.

LCMS[M-t-Bu+H] ⁺ 411.9。

Step 5:

compound 78-5 (83 mg, 177.54. Mu. Mol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (6 mL), followed by addition of trifluoroacetic acid (3.08 g,27.01mmol,2 mL) and stirring at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude compound Int-78 (32 mg, yield 43.8%). Directly used in the next reaction.

Intermediate 79: preparation of Compound Int-79

By using thieno [2,3-b ] pyridine as a starting material, compound Int-79 was obtained in a similar manner to the preparation of intermediate 37. Directly used in the next reaction.

Intermediate 80: preparation of Compound Int-80

Step 1:

n-butyllithium (2.5M, 71.11 mL) was slowly added dropwise to a solution of nitrogen-protected benzofuran (20 g,169.30 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (200 mL) at-78deg.C, and the dropwise addition was completed to room temperature. Stirring for 30 min, cooling to-78deg.C again, dripping anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) solution of nicotinaldehyde 80-1 (18.13g,169.30 mmol), stirring at-78deg.C for 15 min, naturally heating to room temperature, and stirring for 3 hr. After completion of the reaction, saturated NH was used at 0 DEG C ₄ Cl solution (50 mL) quenchAnd (5) reaction elimination. Dilute with water (100 mL), extract with ethyl acetate (3 x 200 mL), combine the organic phases and dry over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate gave crude compound 80-2 (38 g, 99.6% yield) as a yellow oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 226.0。

Step 2:

compound 80-2 (33 g,146.51 mmol) was added to thionyl chloride (165 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen and heated at 50deg.C for 1 hour. Cooled to room temperature, concentrated under reduced pressure, and the crude product was dissolved in dichloromethane (200 mL) and concentrated again to dryness. After repeating 2 times, crude compound 80-3 (35.7 g, yield 99.9%) was obtained as a yellow solid.

Step 3:

compound 80-3 (0.3 g,1.23 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL), and a 30% aqueous methylamine solution (1.3 g,12.6 mmol) was added thereto and stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched by addition of 1M hydrochloric acid solution, diluted with water (20 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 20 mL), and the combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate gave crude compound Int-80 (0.235 g, 80.1% yield) as a brown oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 239.3。

Intermediate 81: preparation of Compound Int-81

Step 1:

n-butyllithium (2.5M, 4.23 mL) was slowly added dropwise to a solution of nitrogen-protected furan (653.87 mg,9.61 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) at-78deg.C, after stirring for 30 min, a solution of 3-cyanopyridine 81-1 (1.00 g,9.61 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) was added dropwise, after the dropwise was completed, stirring was carried out at-78deg.C for 15 min, naturally warmed to room temperature, and stirring was continued for 1 hr. After completion of the reaction, saturated NH was used at 0 DEG C ₄ The reaction was quenched with Cl solution (10 mL), then the reaction solution was adjusted to ph=3 with 6M hydrochloric acid solution, extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL),the organic phases were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column separation to give compound 81-2 (133 mg, yield 8.0%) as a yellow solid.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 174.2。

Subsequent steps 2-4, using a similar procedure to that used to prepare intermediate 37, gave compound Int-81 as a yellow oil.

Intermediate 82: preparation of Compound Int-82

Compound 2-azidoacetic acid (71 mg, 702.55. Mu. Mol), int-61 (170 mg, 540.43. Mu. Mol), sodium ascorbate (42.82 mg, 216.17. Mu. Mol) and copper sulfate pentahydrate (17.25 mg, 108.09. Mu. Mol) were added to a mixed solution of tetrahydrofuran (1 mL), t-butanol (1 mL) and water (1 mL) and stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 10 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (5 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 10 mL), and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine (2X 10 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate gave crude compound Int-82 (300 mg) as a yellow solid. Directly used in the next reaction.

Intermediate 83: preparation of Compound Int-83

Step 1:

tert-butyl bromoacetate (1.26 g,6.45 mmol), 1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile 83-1 (0.5 g,5.37 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.48 g,10.74 mmol) were added to N, N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 20. ML), and the combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine (3X 20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate gave crude compound 83-2 (1.45 g) as a yellow liquid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,Chloroform-d)δ7.92(s,1H),7.81(s,1H),4.84(s,2H), 1.47(s,9H)。

Step 2:

raney nickel (0.8 g) was added to a solution of compound 83-2 (1.0 g,4.83 mmol) and 30% ammonia (2.25 g,19.30mmol,2.48 mL) in methanol (6 mL) under nitrogen, and after three hydrogen substitutions, the mixture was stirred at room temperature under 15psi of hydrogen for 6 hours. After the reaction was completed, filtration was carried out, and the cake was washed with methanol 2 times (2X 5 mL), and the filtrate was concentrated to give crude compound 83-3 (0.6 g) as a blue oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

Step 3:

compound 83-3 (0.3 g,1.42 mmol), 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-fluoroisoindoline 7-2 (326.87 mg,1.18 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (305.89 mg, 2.37mmol, 412.25. Mu.L) were dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (2 mL) and stirred by microwave heating at 130℃for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, water (10 mL) was added to dilute the mixture, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 10 mL), and the combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine (2X 10 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by normal phase silica gel column separation (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate (V/V) =5:1 to 1:1) to give compound 83-4 (0.35 g, yield 63.4%) as a green solid.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 468.4。

Step 4:

compound 83-4 (0.35 g, 748. Mu. Mol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (5 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (1.85 g,16.21mmol,1.2 mL) was slowly added and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was directly concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude compound Int-83 (0.48 g), green oil. Directly used in the next reaction.

Intermediate 84: preparation of Compound Int-84

Example 1: synthesis of Compound HJM-001

Compound 6-4 (0.22 g,1.0 mmol), int-1 (0.40 g,1.0 mmol), HATU (419.97 mg,1.1 mmol) and DIPEA (389.32 mg,3.0 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (12 mL) at room temperature and stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. After the completion of the reaction, water (10 mL) and ethyl acetate (10 mL) were added, the liquid was separated by extraction, and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated and dried by spin to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase prep HPLC to give compound HJM-001 (42 mg, yield 6.9%) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.13(s,1H),9.01(d,J＝8.5Hz,1H), 8.66(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.53(dt,J＝4.8,1.8Hz,1H),7.89–7.77(m,4H),7.57 (dd,J＝7.6,1.7Hz,1H),7.53(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),7.44–7.39(m,1H),7.30– 7.19(m,2H),6.61(s,1H),6.44(d,J＝8.4Hz,1H),5.13(dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz, 1H),4.10–3.99(m,2H),3.67(t,J＝6.2Hz,2H),2.94–2.80(m,1H),2.62(t,J ＝7.0Hz,2H),2.59–2.53(m,1H),2.53–2.46(m,1H),2.10–1.99(m,1H), 1.88(p,J＝6.7Hz,2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 605.2。

Example 2: synthesis of Compound HJM-002

Step 1:

compound 6-4 (144.9 mg,0.65 mmol), int-2 (258.7mg,0.65 mmol), HATU (270.2 mg,0.71 mmol) and DIPEA (250.5 mg,1.94 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (5 mL) at room temperature and stirred for 12 hours at room temperature. After the completion of the reaction, water (20 mL) was added to quench, ethyl acetate (2X 15 mL) was extracted twice, and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated and dried by spin to give crude compound HJM-002-1 (390 mg, yield 99.5%) as a brown oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 607.4。

Step 2:

wet palladium on carbon (400 mg,10% Pd/C) was added to a solution of compound HJM-002-1 (340 mg,0.56 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) under argon, and after three hydrogen substitutions, the mixture was stirred at 40℃for 12 hours under 50psi of hydrogen. After the reaction was completed, filtration was carried out, the cake was washed 3 times with ethyl acetate (3×15 mL), and the filtrates were combined, concentrated under reduced pressure and dried by spin to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase prep HPLC to give compound HJM-002 (50 mg, 14.7% yield) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.12(s,1H),9.04(d,J＝8.5Hz,1H), 8.82(d,J＝2.2Hz,1H),8.68(dd,J＝5.2,1.5Hz,1H),8.17(dt,J＝8.1,1.9Hz, 1H),7.79–7.70(m,2H),7.72–7.64(m,2H),7.59(d,J＝7.3Hz,1H),7.53(d,J ＝8.1Hz,1H),7.32–7.26(m,1H),7.23(t,J＝7.4Hz,1H),6.65(s,1H),6.53(d, J＝8.3Hz,1H),5.12(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),3.46(t,J＝6.6Hz,2H),3.01(t, J＝7.7Hz,2H),2.88(ddd,J＝17.4,14.0,5.4Hz,1H),2.65–2.49(m,2H),2.09 –2.01(m,1H),1.65–1.54(m,4H),1.37(q,J＝7.9Hz,2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 609.2。

Example 3: synthesis of Compound HJM-003

By using a method similar to example 1, starting with 6-4 and Int-13, compound HJM-003 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.02(d,J＝8.4Hz,1H), 8.73(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.60(dd,J＝4.9,1.6Hz,1H),7.99(dt,J＝8.0,2.0Hz, 1H),7.78(dd,J＝8.5,7.3Hz,1H),7.60–7.51(m,3H),7.49(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H), 7.43(d,J＝7.2Hz,1H),7.28(dd,J＝7.4,1.3Hz,1H),7.22(td,J＝7.4,1.2Hz, 1H),6.64(d,J＝1.1Hz,1H),6.48(d,J＝8.4Hz,1H),5.07(dd,J＝12.7,5.4Hz, 1H),4.22(t,J＝6.2Hz,2H),4.03(s,2H),3.55(t,J＝6.2Hz,2H),2.87(ddd,J＝ 16.8,13.7,5.2Hz,1H),2.63–2.53(m,1H),2.53–2.42(m,1H),2.06–1.96(m, 1H),1.88–1.69(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 611.2。

Example 4: synthesis of Compound HJM-004

Using a method similar to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-3 as starting materials, compound HJM-004 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.12(s,1H),9.08(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H), 8.63(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.52(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),7.81(dt,J＝8.0,2.0Hz, 1H),7.77–7.70(m,2H),7.68–7.62(m,1H),7.56(dd,J＝7.5,1.5Hz,1H), 7.49(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),7.41(dd,J＝7.9,4.8Hz,1H),7.26(td,J＝7.7,1.5Hz, 1H),7.21(td,J＝7.4,1.1Hz,1H),6.69(s,1H),6.39(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H),5.12 (dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),3.61(t,J＝6.1Hz,2H),3.38(td,J＝6.4,1.9Hz,2H), 3.01(t,J＝7.5Hz,2H),2.88(ddd,J＝17.4,14.0,5.4Hz,1H),2.64–2.53(m, 2H),2.46(d,J＝6.2Hz,2H),2.11–1.96(m,1H),1.69–1.42(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 609.2。

Example 5: synthesis of Compound HJM-005

Using a method similar to example 1, compound HJM-005 was obtained as a yellow solid by using 6-4 and Int-4 as starting materials.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.13(s,1H),9.14(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.67(s,1H),8.56(d,J＝4.9Hz,1H),7.89(dt,J＝8.0,1.9Hz,1H),7.85(dd,J＝ 5.9,2.7Hz,1H),7.83–7.77(m,2H),7.58(dd,J＝7.5,1.5Hz,1H),7.53–7.46 (m,2H),7.26(td,J＝7.7,1.6Hz,1H),7.24–7.19(m,1H),6.71(s,1H),6.41(d, J＝8.1Hz,1H),5.13(dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz,1H),3.73(t,J＝6.3Hz,2H),3.63(t, J＝6.8Hz,2H),2.95–2.80(m,1H),2.74(t,J＝6.9Hz,2H),2.65–2.56(m, 1H),2.53(t,J＝6.3Hz,2H),2.52–2.46(m,1H),2.10–1.99(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 605.4。

Example 6: synthesis of Compound HJM-006

Using a method similar to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-9 as starting materials, compound HJM-006 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.10(s,1H),9.09(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H), 8.62(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.51(dd,J＝4.7,1.6Hz,1H),7.81–7.73(m,2H),7.59 –7.56(m,1H),7.50(d,J＝8.4Hz,1H),7.44–7.37(m,3H),7.26(td,J＝8.2, 1.6Hz,1H),7.20(t,J＝7.5Hz,1H),6.68(s,1H),6.38(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H),5.08 (dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz,1H),4.20(t,J＝6.3Hz,2H),3.65(t,J＝6.1Hz,2H),3.57 (t,J＝6.2Hz,2H),2.94–2.81(m,1H),2.63–2.53(m,3H),2.47–2.38(m,1H), 2.08–1.92(m,3H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 611.3。

Example 7: synthesis of Compound HJM-007

Using a method similar to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-8 as starting materials, compound HJM-007 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.12(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H), 8.67(d,J＝2.2Hz,1H),8.54(dd,J＝4.9,1.6Hz,1H),7.85(dd,J＝6.2,4.1Hz, 1H),7.59–7.47(m,3H),7.45(dd,J＝8.0,4.8Hz,1H),7.26(td,J＝7.7,1.6Hz, 1H),7.20(td,J＝7.4,1.2Hz,1H),7.03(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.00(d,J＝7.0Hz, 1H),6.70(s,1H),6.62(t,J＝5.6Hz,1H),6.42(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H),5.04(dd,J＝ 12.9,5.4Hz,1H),3.64(t,J＝6.2Hz,2H),3.45(t,J＝6.1Hz,2H),3.30(q,J＝ 6.4Hz,2H),2.87(ddd,J＝17.3,14.0,5.4Hz,1H),2.62–2.51(m,3H),2.49– 2.44(m,1H),2.06–1.97(m,1H),1.77(p,J＝6.4Hz,2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 610.2。

Example 8: synthesis of Compound HJM-008

Synthesized in a similar manner to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-5 as starting materials and 0.05% hydrochloric acid as aqueous phase during purification by preparative HPLC gave the hydrochloride salt of compound HJM-008 as a white solid.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,Methanol-d ₄ )δ8.96(s,1H),8.83(d,J＝5.6Hz,1H), 8.70(dd,J＝8.2,1.5Hz,1H),8.12(dd,J＝8.1,5.8Hz,1H),7.74(dd,J＝8.5, 7.3Hz,1H),7.56(d,J＝7.8Hz,1H),7.46–7.38(m,3H),7.29(t,J＝7.5Hz, 1H),7.22(t,J＝7.5Hz,1H),6.81–6.76(m,1H),6.61(s,1H),5.09–5.03(m, 1H),4.19(td,J＝6.2,2.5Hz,2H),2.87–2.77(m,1H),2.74–2.64(m,2H),2.43 –2.35(m,2H),2.12–2.06(m,1H),1.86–1.78(m,2H),1.75–1.67(m,2H), 1.59–1.51(m,2H),1.46–1.37(m,2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 609.2。

Example 9: synthesis of Compounds HJM-009

By using a method similar to example 1, starting with 6-4 and Int-11, compounds HJM-009 were obtained as yellow solids.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.10(s,1H),9.09(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H), 8.77(d,J＝2.2Hz,1H),8.66(dd,J＝5.2,1.6Hz,1H),8.09(dt,J＝8.0,2.0Hz, 1H),7.80(dd,J＝8.5,7.2Hz,1H),7.66(dd,J＝8.0,5.0Hz,1H),7.62–7.55(m, 1H),7.55–7.47(m,2H),7.45(d,J＝7.2Hz,1H),7.28(td,J＝7.5,1.5Hz,1H), 7.22(td,J＝7.4,1.2Hz,1H),6.69(s,1H),6.46(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),5.07(dd,J＝ 12.9,5.4Hz,1H),4.36–4.30(m,2H),3.77–3.71(m,2H),3.50(t,J＝6.4Hz, 2H),2.87(ddd,J＝17.2,14.0,5.3Hz,1H),2.63–2.54(m,1H),2.54–2.44(m, 1H),2.35–2.28(m,2H),2.05–1.95(m,1H),1.78(p,J＝6.9Hz,2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 611.1。

Example 10: synthesis of Compound HJM-010

Compound Int-15 (42 mg,0.15 mmol), int-17 (67 mg,0.17 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL,0.9 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (3 mL), HATU (68 mg,0.18 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. LCMS detected complete reaction and filtered. The filtrate was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (acetonitrile/0.05% aqueous hydrochloric acid) to give the hydrochloride salt of compound HJM-010 (22 mg, yield 21.7%) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,Methanol-d ₄ )δ9.26(s,1H),9.02–8.93(m,2H),8.19 (dd,J＝8.1,5.7Hz,1H),7.67(dd,J＝7.9,1.2Hz,1H),7.62(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H), 7.54(dd,J＝8.6,7.1Hz,1H),7.41(ddd,J＝8.6,7.2,1.3Hz,1H),7.31(t,J＝7.5 Hz,1H),7.23(s,1H),7.03(t,J＝7.7Hz,2H),6.37(s,1H),5.04(ddd,J＝12.6, 5.5,1.2Hz,1H),3.97–3.86(m,2H),3.34(t,J＝6.6Hz,2H),3.26(td,J＝6.8, 1.6Hz,2H),2.90–2.79(m,1H),2.78–2.62(m,2H),2.14–2.05(m,1H),1.71 –1.51(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 609.9。

Example 11: synthesis of Compound HJM-011

Using a method similar to example 10, using Int-15 and Int-17 as starting materials, the hydrochloride salt of compound HJM-011 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,Methanol-d ₄ )δ9.34(s,1H),9.09(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H), 9.03(d,J＝5.5Hz,1H),8.28(dd,J＝8.2,5.6Hz,1H),7.77(t,J＝7.9Hz,1H), 7.66(dd,J＝7.8,3.8Hz,1H),7.62(d,J＝8.4Hz,1H),7.44–7.39(m,3H),7.29 (t,J＝7.6Hz,1H),7.27(s,1H),6.47(s,1H),5.07(ddd,J＝14.9,12.6,5.3Hz, 1H),4.23(t,J＝5.9Hz,2H),4.05–3.95(m,2H),3.32(t,J＝7.6Hz,2H),2.92– 2.78(m,1H),2.78–2.61(m,2H),2.13–2.06(m,1H),1.87(p,J＝6.4Hz,2H), 1.73(p,J＝6.8Hz,2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 610.7。

Example 12: synthesis of Compound HJM-012

By using a method similar to that of example 10, using Int-15 and Int-18 as starting materials, the hydrochloride salt of compound HJM-012 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,Methanol-d ₄ )δ9.32(s,1H),9.06(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H), 9.02(d,J＝5.4Hz,1H),8.26(dd,J＝8.1,5.4Hz,1H),7.73–7.66(m,3H),7.65 –7.60(m,2H),7.42(t,J＝7.7Hz,1H),7.32(t,J＝7.5Hz,1H),7.27(s,1H), 6.44(s,1H),5.11(dd,J＝12.7,5.3Hz,1H),4.00–3.87(m,2H),3.19(t,J＝6.9 Hz,2H),3.08(t,J＝7.7Hz,2H),2.92–2.82(m,1H),2.79–2.65(m,2H),2.17 –2.09(m,1H),1.66(p,J＝7.4Hz,2H),1.52(p,J＝7.0Hz,2H),1.38(p,J＝7.5 Hz,2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 608.8。

Example 13: synthesis of Compounds HJM-013

Compounds Int-19 (10.0 mg, 20.3. Mu. Mol, TFA salt), int-20 (14.5 mg, 33.8. Mu. Mol), HATU (15.4 mg, 40.5. Mu. Mol) and DIPEA (13.1 mg, 101. Mu. Mol) were mixed and dissolved in DMF (1 mL) in this order at room temperature and stirred for 16 hours. After completion of LCMS detection reaction, filtration, the filtrate was directly purified by reverse phase prep HPLC (acetonitrile/0.05% aqueous hydrochloric acid) to give the hydrochloride salt of compound HJM-013 (4.5 mg, yield 32.5%) as a pale yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,Methanol-d ₄ )δ8.65(d,J＝2.2Hz,1H),8.45(dd,J＝ 5.2,1.5Hz,1H),7.96(dq,J＝7.9,1.8Hz,1H),7.50(dd,J＝7.5,1.5Hz,1H), 7.47(ddd,J＝8.5,7.1,1.7Hz,1H),7.41(ddd,J＝7.6,5.0,2.4Hz,1H),7.37(d, J＝8.0Hz,1H),7.21(td,J＝7.9,1.5Hz,1H),7.17(td,J＝7.4,1.1Hz,1H),7.03 –6.95(m,2H),6.72(s,1H),5.13(s,1H),5.04(dd,J＝12.5,5.5Hz,1H),3.38– 3.33(m,4H),2.96–2.79(m,3H),2.78–2.64(m,2H),2.44(t,J＝6.5Hz,2H), 2.12–2.05(m,1H),1.83(p,J＝6.7Hz,2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 609.6。

Example 14: synthesis of Compound HJM-014

Using a method similar to example 13, using Int-19 and Int-21 as starting materials, the hydrochloride salt of compound HJM-014 was obtained as a white solid.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,Methanol-d ₄ )δ8.75(s,1H),8.55(s,1H),8.08(d,J＝7.8Hz,1H),7.75(ddd,J＝8.5,7.2,1.3Hz,1H),7.59–7.53(m,1H),7.53–7.44 (m,2H),7.44(dd,J＝7.3,1.3Hz,1H),7.38(dd,J＝8.5,1.6Hz,1H),7.29(t,J＝ 7.7Hz,1H),7.22(t,J＝7.5Hz,1H),6.88(s,1H),5.37–5.32(m,1H),5.10(ddd, J＝12.6,5.5,1.9Hz,1H),4.29(t,J＝5.7Hz,2H),3.51–3.47(m,2H),2.89–

2.61(m,5H),2.27(t,J＝7.4Hz,2H),2.13–2.06(m,3H)。

LCMS:[M+H] ⁺ 610.6。

Example 15: synthesis of Compound HJM-015

Compound Int-22 (16 mg,0.044 mmol), compound Int-23 (16 mg,0.044 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (56 mg,0.44 mmol) were dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL) and N, N-dimethylformamide (1 mL), HATU (20 mg,0.053 mmol) was added, stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and then filtered. After concentrating the filtrate, it was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (acetonitrile/0.05% aqueous hydrochloric acid) to give the hydrochloride salt of compound HJM-015 (9.6 mg, yield 31.8%) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,Methanol-d ₄ )δ9.34(s,1H),9.08(d,J＝8.4Hz,1H), 8.99(d,J＝5.7Hz,1H),8.23(dd,J＝8.3,5.7Hz,1H),7.65(d,J＝7.8Hz,1H), 7.60(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H),7.50(dd,J＝8.6,7.1Hz,1H),7.41–7.37(m,1H),7.33 –7.26(m,2H),7.03(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.01(d,J＝7.4Hz,1H),6.48(d,J＝3.2 Hz,1H),5.05(dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz,1H),3.67–3.57(m,1H),3.59–3.50(m, 1H),3.34(t,J＝6.9Hz,2H),3.33–3.21(m,2H),2.85(ddd,J＝17.4,13.9,5.4 Hz,1H),2.79–2.62(m,2H),2.36(t,J＝7.2Hz,2H),2.14–2.05(m,1H),1.92 (p,J＝7.0Hz,2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 609.8。

Example 16: synthesis of Compound HJM-016

By using a method similar to that of example 15, using Int-22 and Int-24 as starting materials, the hydrochloride salt of compound HJM-016 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,Methanol-d ₄ )δ9.32(s,1H),9.05(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.99(d,J＝5.5Hz,1H),8.23(dd,J＝8.2,5.6Hz,1H),7.76–7.72(m,1H),7.66 (dt,J＝7.8,1.5Hz,1H),7.61(d,J＝8.4Hz,1H),7.45–7.36(m,3H),7.33– 7.27(m,2H),6.46(s,1H),5.10(dd,J＝12.7,5.4Hz,1H),4.23(t,J＝5.9Hz, 2H),3.71–3.61(m,1H),3.61–3.51(m,1H),3.37–3.22(m,2H),2.87(ddd,J ＝17.5,14.0,5.3Hz,1H),2.78–2.62(m,2H),2.51(t,J＝7.3Hz,2H),2.18– 2.07(m,3H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 610.7。

Example 17: synthesis of Compound HJM-017

Compound Int-25 (24.5 mg,0.077 mmol), compound Int-26 (22 mg,0.064 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (50 mg,0.38 mmol) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (3 mL), HATU (30 mg,0.077 mmol) was added, stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and then filtered. The filtrate was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (acetonitrile/0.05% aqueous hydrochloric acid) to give the hydrochloride salt of compound HJM-017 (6.2 mg, yield 14.2%) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ10.98(s,1H),10.54(brs,1H),9.01(d,J＝ 2.3Hz,1H),8.70(dd,J＝4.9,1.6Hz,1H),8.39(dt,J＝8.1,1.9Hz,1H),8.16(t, J＝5.8Hz,1H),7.71–7.68(m,1H),7.65–7.56(m,3H),7.39–7.33(m,1H), 7.32–7.26(m,2H),7.12(d,J＝8.5Hz,1H),7.04(d,J＝7.1Hz,1H),6.67(brs, 1H),6.07(s,1H),5.03(dd,J＝12.6,5.5Hz,1H),3.50–3.47(m,2H),3.14(q,J ＝6.5Hz,2H),3.00–2.83(m,3H),2.66–2.53(m,2H),2.40(t,J＝6.6Hz,2H), 2.07–2.00(m,1H),1.93(p,J＝7.1Hz,2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 609.7。

Example 18: synthesis of Compound HJM-018

Using a method similar to example 17, using Int-25 and Int-27 as starting materials, the hydrochloride salt of compound HJM-018 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.56–10.12(m,2H),9.01(s,1H),8.70 (d,J＝4.9Hz,1H),8.38(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H),8.04(t,J＝5.8Hz,1H),7.69(d,J＝ 7.7Hz,1H),7.67–7.62(m,2H),7.57(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H),7.38–7.25(m,5H), 6.07(s,1H),5.12(dd,J＝12.8,5.5Hz,1H),3.88–3.77(m,2H),3.09(q,J＝6.5 Hz,2H),2.99–2.88(m,3H),2.78–2.71(m,1H),2.57–2.50(m,1H),2.24(t,J ＝7.8Hz,2H),2.08–2.02(m,1H),1.90(p,J＝7.1Hz,2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 610.6。

Example 19: synthesis of Compound HJM-019

Step 1:

the compound benzofuran-2-yl (pyridin-3-yl) methylamine 6-4 dihydrochloride (130 mg,0.437 mmol) and triethylamine (100 mg,1 mmol) were dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL) and bromoacetyl chloride (95 mg,0.6 mmol) was added dropwise at 0deg.C and stirred overnight at room temperature. The crude product was purified by spin-drying under reduced pressure using a normal phase silica gel column (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate%: 50% -100%) to give compound HJM-019-1 (105 mg, 69.6% yield) as a colorless oil.

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 347.3。

Step 2:

compound Int-28 (40 mg,0.085 mmol) and compound HJM-019-1 (28 mg, 0.081 mmol) were dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidone (3 mL), N-diisopropylethylamine (68. Mu.L, 0.41 mmol) and potassium iodide (18.6 mg,0.112 mmol) were added, and the mixture was heated to 80℃and stirred for 16 hours and then filtered. The filtrate was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (acetonitrile/0.05% aqueous hydrochloric acid) to give the hydrochloride salt of compound HJM-019 (5.4 mg, yield 9.4%) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,Methanol-d ₄ )δ9.07(s,1H),8.89(d,J＝5.6Hz,1H), 8.78(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H),8.16(dd,J＝8.1,5.6Hz,1H),7.60(d,J＝7.7Hz,1H), 7.57(dd,J＝8.5,7.1Hz,1H),7.46(d,J＝8.4Hz,1H),7.33(ddd,J＝8.4,7.2, 1.3Hz,1H),7.26(td,J＝7.6,1.0Hz,1H),7.12(d,J＝8.5Hz,1H),7.07(d,J＝ 7.0Hz,1H),6.90(s,1H),6.73(s,1H),5.06(dd,J＝12.6,5.5Hz,1H),4.16(q,J ＝16.1Hz,2H),3.69(dd,J＝26.8,11.7Hz,2H),3.33(d,J＝6.6Hz,2H),3.21– 3.08(m,2H),2.92–2.81(m,1H),2.79–2.65(m,2H),2.16–1.99(m,4H),1.72 –1.59(m,2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 635.7。

Example 20: synthesis of Compound HJM-020

Synthesized in a similar manner to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-29 as starting materials and 0.05% hydrochloric acid as aqueous phase during purification by preparative HPLC gave the hydrochloride salt of compound HJM-020 as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,Methanol-d ₄ )δ9.10(s,1H),8.89(d,J＝5.7Hz,1H), 8.83–8.76(m,1H),8.17(dd,J＝8.2,5.7Hz,1H),7.60(dd,J＝7.8,1.2Hz,1H), 7.54(dd,J＝8.5,7.1Hz,1H),7.46(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H),7.36–7.29(m,1H),7.27 –7.23(m,1H),7.05–7.01(m,2H),6.93(s,1H),6.74(s,1H),5.05(dd,J＝12.7, 5.5Hz,1H),4.26–4.12(m,2H),3.66(dd,J＝29.5,11.9Hz,2H),3.42–3.34 (m,2H),3.20–3.11(m,2H),2.90–2.81(m,1H),2.77–2.64(m,2H),2.13– 2.06(m,1H),2.06–2.00(m,2H),1.82–1.56(m,5H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 649.8。

Example 21: synthesis of Compound HJM-021

Using a method similar to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-12 as starting materials, compound HJM-021 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.02(d,J＝8.5Hz,1H), 8.75(d,J＝2.2Hz,1H),8.62(dd,J＝4.9,1.5Hz,1H),8.03(dt,J＝8.1,1.9Hz, 1H),7.62–7.49(m,4H),7.32–7.23(m,1H),7.22(td,J＝7.4,1.1Hz,1H),7.08 (d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.00(d,J＝7.0Hz,1H),6.64(d,J＝1.1Hz,1H),6.56(brs, 1H),6.49(d,J＝8.4Hz,1H),5.04(dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz,1H),4.02(s,2H),3.60– 3.47(m,2H),3.35–3.27(m,2H),2.95–2.81(m,1H),2.63–2.50(m,2H),2.06 –1.97(m,1H),1.66–1.57(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 610.2。

Example 22: synthesis of Compound HJM-022

The compound Int-32 (200 mg,0.43 mmol) and 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-fluoroisoindoline 7-2 (118.69 mg,0.43 mmol) were added to N, N-dimethylformamide (3 mL), followed by N, N-diisopropylethylamine (374.2. Mu.L, 2.15 mmol) and reacted at 90℃for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL), then extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC to give compound HJM-022 (31 mg, yield 11.9%) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.08(s,1H),9.14(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H), 8.71(d,J＝5.5Hz,2H),7.67(d,J＝5.4Hz,2H),7.62–7.50(m,3H),7.32– 7.20(m,2H),7.06(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.02(d,J＝7.1Hz,1H),6.74(s,1H), 6.51(brs,1H),6.46(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),5.04(dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz,1H),3.31– 3.21(m,2H),2.95–2.79(m,1H),2.63–2.48(m,2H),2.26(t,J＝7.4Hz,2H), 2.06–1.98(m,1H),1.61–1.50(m,4H),1.40–1.25(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 608.4。

Example 23: synthesis of Compound HJM-023

The compound 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-fluoroisoindoline 7-2 (10 mg,0.036 mmol) and the compound Int-30 (22 mg,0.037 mmol) were dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidone (2 mL) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (18 mg,0.14 mmol) was added and the mixture heated to 95℃and stirred for 16 h. After the reaction, cooling to room temperature and filtering. The filtrate was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (acetonitrile/0.05% aqueous hydrochloric acid) to give the hydrochloride salt of compound HJM-023 (13.5 mg, 57.7% yield) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,Methanol-d ₄ )δ9.02(s,1H),8.88(d,J＝5.6Hz,1H), 8.77(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H),8.18(dd,J＝8.2,5.7Hz,1H),7.91–7.71(m,1H),7.66 –7.51(m,2H),7.46(dd,J＝8.3,3.6Hz,1H),7.35–7.28(m,1H),7.28–7.12 (m,2H),6.84(s,1H),6.65(s,1H),5.07(dd,J＝12.5,5.4Hz,1H),4.10(t,J＝ 5.9Hz,1H),3.85(t,J＝6.4Hz,1H),3.80(d,J＝12.5Hz,1H),3.67(d,J＝12.0 Hz,1H),3.44(t,J＝5.9Hz,1H),3.35(t,J＝6.5Hz,1H),3.15–3.00(m,2H), 2.92–2.81(m,1H),2.79–2.64(m,2H),2.44–2.36(m,2H),2.19–1.93(m, 4H),1.76–1.58(m,2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 649.7。

Example 24: synthesis of Compounds HJM-024

Synthesized in a similar manner to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-31 as starting materials and 0.05% hydrochloric acid as aqueous phase during purification by preparative HPLC gave the hydrochloride salt of compound HJM-024 as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,Methanol-d ₄ )δ9.08(d,J＝2.0Hz,1H),8.88(d,J＝ 5.7Hz,1H),8.79(dt,J＝8.4,1.8Hz,1H),8.16(dd,J＝8.3,5.7Hz,1H),7.64– 7.57(m,2H),7.46(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H),7.34–7.30(m,1H),7.25(t,J＝7.5Hz, 1H),7.21(d,J＝8.5Hz,1H),7.13(d,J＝7.1Hz,1H),6.90(s,1H),6.73(s,1H), 5.07(dd,J＝12.8,5.5Hz,1H),4.20–4.09(m,2H),3.86(t,J＝6.4Hz,2H), 3.78–3.60(m,8H),3.50(t,J＝6.4Hz,2H),2.93–2.81(m,1H),2.79–2.62(m, 2H),2.15–2.06(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 650.6。

Example 25: synthesis of Compounds HJM-025

By using a method similar to example 1, starting with 6-4 and Int-33, compounds HJM-025 were obtained as yellow solids.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.10(s,1H),9.34(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H), 8.63(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.52(dd,J＝4.9,1.6Hz,1H),7.80(dt,J＝8.0,2.0Hz, 1H),7.62–7.50(m,3H),7.41(dd,J＝7.9,4.8Hz,1H),7.28(td,J＝7.9,1.5Hz, 1H),7.23(s,5H),7.16(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.03(d,J＝7.0Hz,1H),6.66(s,1H), 6.58(t,J＝5.9Hz,1H),6.36(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),5.04(dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz,1H), 3.55(s,2H),3.54–3.49(m,2H),2.94–2.79(m,3H),2.63–2.42(m,2H),2.06 –1.95(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 642.1。

Example 26: synthesis of Compound HJM-026

/>

Using a method similar to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-34 as starting materials, compounds HJM-026 were obtained as yellow solids.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.11(s,1H),9.36(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.68(s,1H),8.59(d,J＝4.8Hz,1H),7.93(dt,J＝8.1,1.9Hz,1H),7.58(dd,J＝ 7.4,1.5Hz,1H),7.55–7.46(m,3H),7.32–7.18(m,7H),7.02(d,J＝7.1Hz, 1H),6.94(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),6.66(s,1H),6.38(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H),5.07(dd,J＝ 12.9,5.4Hz,1H),4.52(d,J＝5.8Hz,2H),3.55(s,2H),2.95–2.82(m,1H), 2.65–2.51(m,2H),2.09–2.00(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 628.4。

Example 27: synthesis of Compound HJM-027

Using a method similar to example 1, using HJM-027-1 and Int-7 as starting materials, compounds HJM-027 were obtained as yellow solids.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.07(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.67(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.49(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),7.84(dt,J＝8.0,2.0Hz, 1H),7.59–7.52(m,3H),7.39(dd,J＝7.9,4.8Hz,1H),7.28–7.22(m,1H), 7.18(td,J＝7.4,1.1Hz,1H),7.06(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.01(d,J＝7.0Hz,1H), 6.58(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H),6.51(t,J＝5.9Hz,1H),5.05(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H), 3.77(s,3H),3.24(q,J＝6.7Hz,2H),2.95–2.82(m,1H),2.63–2.45(m,2H), 2.22(t,J＝7.3Hz,2H),2.06–1.97(m,1H),1.53(p,J＝7.3Hz,4H),1.38– 1.21(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 622.5。

Example 28: synthesis of Compound HJM-028

Using a method similar to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-10 as starting materials, compounds HJM-028 were obtained as yellow solids.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.05(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H), 8.63(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.52(dd,J＝4.8,1.7Hz,1H),7.80(dt,J＝8.0,2.0Hz, 1H),7.61–7.54(m,2H),7.53–7.49(m,1H),7.41(dd,J＝7.9,4.7Hz,1H), 7.27(td,J＝7.9,1.6Hz,1H),7.22(td,J＝7.4,1.2Hz,1H),7.13(d,J＝8.6Hz, 1H),7.03(d,J＝7.0Hz,1H),6.66(s,1H),6.60(t,J＝5.7Hz,1H),6.37(d,J＝ 8.3Hz,1H),5.05(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),3.55(t,J＝5.4Hz,2H),3.47–3.40 (m,4H),2.92–2.80(m,1H),2.62–2.44(m,2H),2.30(t,J＝7.4Hz,2H),2.05 –1.96(m,1H),1.78(p,J＝6.9Hz,2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 610.4。

Example 29: synthesis of Compound HJM-029

The compound Int-6 (775 mg,2.22 mmol), 4-bromo-1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -isoindoline 1-3 (500 mg,1.48 mmol), cuprous iodide (58.3 mg, 306.1. Mu. Mol), bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) dichloride (104.1 mg, 148.3. Mu. Mol) and triethylamine (3.64 g,35.9mmol,5mL) were dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) at 80℃and stirred under nitrogen for 12 hours. After completion of the reaction, filtration was carried out, and the filtrate was diluted with water (50 mL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×15 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC to give compound HJM-029 (120 mg, yield 13.4%) as an off-white solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.14(s,1H),9.29(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H), 8.97(d,J＝2.2Hz,1H),8.84(d,J＝5.4Hz,1H),8.50(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),7.99 (dd,J＝8.1,5.5Hz,1H),7.91(dd,J＝6.4,2.1Hz,1H),7.89–7.82(m,2H),7.59 (dd,J＝7.6,1.4Hz,1H),7.53(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),7.29(td,J＝7.9,1.5Hz,1H), 7.23(td,J＝7.4,1.1Hz,1H),6.75(s,1H),6.59(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H),5.15(dd,J＝ 12.8,5.4Hz,1H),4.45(s,2H),3.60(t,J＝6.3Hz,2H),2.96–2.82(m,1H),2.65 –2.43(m,2H),2.41–2.31(m,2H),2.10–2.01(m,1H),1.84(p,J＝6.8Hz, 2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 605.4。

Example 30: synthesis of Compounds HJM-030

By using a method similar to example 23, using 7-2 and Int-35 as starting materials, compounds HJM-030 were obtained as yellow solids.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.34(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H), 8.63(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.52(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),7.80(dt,J＝8.0,2.0Hz, 1H),7.60–7.54(m,2H),7.52(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),7.41(dd,J＝7.9,4.7Hz,1H), 7.30–7.20(m,4H),7.18–7.11(m,3H),7.03(d,J＝7.0Hz,1H),6.66(s,1H), 6.60(t,J＝5.9Hz,1H),6.36(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H),5.05(dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz,1H), 3.56(s,2H),3.50(q,J＝6.8Hz,2H),2.93–2.81(m,3H),2.63–2.45(m,2H), 2.06–1.96(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 642.4。

Example 31: synthesis of Compound HJM-031

By using the same method as in example 1, but using Int-36 and Int-7 as starting materials, compound HJM-031 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),8.97(d,J＝8.5Hz,1H), 8.54(dd,J＝5.2,1.8Hz,1H),7.84(td,J＝7.7,1.8Hz,1H),7.61–7.52(m,2H), 7.51(d,J＝7.9Hz,1H),7.48(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H),7.34(ddd,J＝7.6,4.8,1.1Hz, 1H),7.24(td,J＝7.7,1.7Hz,1H),7.20(td,J＝7.4,1.3Hz,1H),7.06(d,J＝8.6 Hz,1H),7.01(d,J＝7.0Hz,1H),6.64(s,1H),6.51(t,J＝6.0Hz,1H),6.35(d,J ＝8.4Hz,1H),5.05(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),3.25(q,J＝6.7Hz,2H),2.95–2.81(m,1H),2.63–2.43(m,2H),2.26(t,J＝7.3Hz,2H),2.10–1.97(m,1H), 1.60–1.48(m,4H),1.39–1.23(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 608.3。

Example 32: synthesis of Compounds HJM-032

By using a method similar to that of example 1, using Int-37 and Int-7 as starting materials, compounds HJM-032 were obtained as yellow solids.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),8.91(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H), 8.62(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.53(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),7.78(dt,J＝8.0,2.0Hz, 1H),7.57(dd,J＝8.6,7.0Hz,1H),7.46–7.40(m,3H),7.13(ddd,J＝8.2,7.0, 1.3Hz,1H),7.07(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.04–6.96(m,2H),6.52(t,J＝5.9Hz, 1H),6.44(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H),5.86(s,1H),5.05(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),3.65 (s,3H),3.26(q,J＝6.7Hz,2H),2.95–2.82(m,1H),2.63–2.45(m,2H),2.21 (td,J＝7.3,3.2Hz,2H),2.08–1.98(m,1H),1.55(p,J＝7.0Hz,4H),1.40– 1.21(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 621.5。

Example 33: synthesis of Compound HJM-033

Using a method similar to example 23, using 7-2 and Int-14 as starting materials and 0.1% formic acid as the aqueous phase during purification by preparative HPLC, a formate salt of compound HJM-033 is obtained as a white solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.16(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H), 8.62(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.51(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),8.17(s,1H),7.79(dt,J＝ 8.0,2.0Hz,1H),7.57(dd,J＝7.5,1.5Hz,1H),7.55–7.47(m,2H),7.39(dd,J＝ 7.9,4.8Hz,1H),7.25(td,J＝7.9,1.6Hz,1H),7.20(td,J＝7.4,1.2Hz,1H), 7.01(d,J＝8.8Hz,1H),6.98(d,J＝7.2Hz,1H),6.73–6.67(m,2H),6.37(d,J ＝8.2Hz,1H),5.05(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),3.25(q,J＝6.6Hz,2H),2.87(ddd, J＝17.3,13.9,5.5Hz,1H),2.66–2.46(m,4H),2.41(q,J＝6.5Hz,4H),2.20(s, 3H),2.06–1.97(m,1H),1.68(p,J＝6.8Hz,2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 623.5。

Example 34: synthesis of Compound HJM-034

Synthesized in a similar manner to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-38 as starting materials and 0.05% hydrochloric acid as aqueous phase during purification by preparative HPLC gave the hydrochloride salt of compound HJM-034 as a white solid.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,Methanol-d ₄ )δ8.67(d,J＝5.5Hz,1H),8.62(s,1H), 8.05(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H),7.78(dd,J＝8.2,5.5Hz,1H),7.53(dt,J＝7.6,1.3Hz, 1H),7.44–7.37(m,2H),7.30–7.19(m,5H),7.16–7.12(m,1H),6.98(d,J＝ 7.2Hz,1H),6.91(d,J＝8.5Hz,1H),6.54(dt,J＝3.1,0.9Hz,1H),6.47(s,1H), 5.04(dd,J＝12.7,5.5Hz,1H),4.44(s,2H),2.96(t,J＝7.3Hz,2H),2.89–2.78 (m,1H),2.76–2.67(m,2H),2.66(t,J＝7.3Hz,2H),2.11–2.05(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 642.7。

Example 35: synthesis of Compounds HJM-035

Synthesized in a similar manner to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-39 as starting materials and 0.05% hydrochloric acid as aqueous phase during purification by preparative HPLC gave the hydrochloride salt of compound HJM-035 as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,Methanol-d ₄ )δ8.95(dd,J＝8.5,2.0Hz,1H),8.86(d, J＝5.7Hz,1H),8.67(tt,J＝8.2,1.8Hz,1H),8.40(td,J＝8.0,1.1Hz,1H),8.18 –8.09(m,1H),7.91–7.82(m,2H),7.60–7.54(m,1H),7.49(dd,J＝8.5,7.2 Hz,1H),7.46–7.40(m,1H),7.31(ddt,J＝8.4,7.2,1.6Hz,1H),7.24(t,J＝7.5 Hz,1H),7.07(t,J＝6.8Hz,1H),6.96(d,J＝8.5Hz,1H),6.82(d,J＝19.1Hz, 1H),6.54(d,J＝10.0Hz,1H),5.10(ddd,J＝12.4,5.5,3.6Hz,1H),5.04(s,2H), 3.40(t,J＝6.6Hz,2H),3.03(t,J＝6.3Hz,2H),2.89–2.79(m,1H),2.78–2.64 (m,2H),2.15–2.04(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 643.6。

Example 36: synthesis of Compound HJM-036

To a solution of compound HJM-029 (70.0 mg, 115.8. Mu. Mol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) under nitrogen, wet palladium on carbon (200 mg,10% Pd) was added, hydrogen was replaced three times, and the mixture was stirred at 40℃for 12 hours under a hydrogen pressure of 50 psi. Filtering with diatomite, washing the filter cake with tetrahydrofuran for 2 times, mixing the filtrates, and spin-drying to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase prep HPLC to give compound HJM-036 (11.0 mg, 15.6% yield) as a white solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.12(s,1H),9.06(d,J＝8.4Hz,1H), 8.63(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.52(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),7.80(dt,J＝8.0,2.0Hz, 1H),7.77–7.70(m,2H),7.66(dd,J＝5.6,3.3Hz,1H),7.58(dd,J＝7.5,1.5Hz, 1H),7.50(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H),7.41(dd,J＝7.9,4.8Hz,1H),7.26(td,J＝7.7,1.5 Hz,1H),7.21(td,J＝7.4,1.2Hz,1H),6.66(t,J＝1.0Hz,1H),6.38(d,J＝8.2 Hz,1H),5.12(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),3.05(t,J＝7.6Hz,2H),2.88(ddd,J＝ 17.3,14.0,5.4Hz,1H),2.65–2.45(m,2H),2.30(t,J＝7.4Hz,2H),2.11–1.99 (m,1H),1.87–1.69(m,4H)。

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ +D ₂ O)δ8.58(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.48(dd,J ＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),7.79(dt,J＝8.0,2.0Hz,1H),7.75–7.67(m,2H),7.63(dd,J ＝6.4,2.4Hz,1H),7.56(dd,J＝7.5,1.9Hz,1H),7.46(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H),7.40 (ddd,J＝7.9,4.8,0.8Hz,1H),7.25(td,J＝7.7,1.6Hz,1H),7.20(td,J＝7.4,1.2 Hz,1H),6.66(t,J＝1.0Hz,1H),6.33(s,1H),5.08(dd,J＝12.8,5.5Hz,1H), 3.32(q,J＝6.1Hz,4H),3.01(t,J＝7.6Hz,2H),2.84(ddd,J＝17.1,13.9,5.4 Hz,1H),2.64–2.43(m,2H),2.28(td,J＝7.3,1.8Hz,2H),2.07–1.99(m,1H), 1.82–1.68(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 609.4。

Example 37: synthesis of Compound HJM-037

Using a method similar to example 1, using Int-40 and Int-7 as starting materials, compounds HJM-037 were obtained as yellow solids.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.12(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.96(s,1H),8.66(s,1H),8.56(dd,J＝5.0,1.6Hz,1H),8.40(d,J＝5.3Hz,1H), 7.84(dt,J＝8.0,2.0Hz,1H),7.73(dd,J＝5.3,1.0Hz,1H),7.57(dd,J＝8.6,7.1 Hz,1H),7.45(dd,J＝8.0,4.7Hz,1H),7.07(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.02(d,J＝7.0 Hz,1H),6.86(t,J＝1.0Hz,1H),6.52(t,J＝5.9Hz,1H),6.47(d,J＝8.2Hz, 1H),5.05(dd,J＝12.9,5.3Hz,1H),3.26(q,J＝6.7Hz,2H),2.88(ddd,J＝17.4, 14.1,5.5Hz,1H),2.63–2.44(m,2H),2.25(t,J＝7.4Hz,2H),2.07–1.98(m, 1H),1.61–1.49(m,4H),1.39–1.26(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 609.4。

Example 38: synthesis of Compound HJM-038

Using a method similar to example 1, using Int-41 and Int-7 as starting materials, compounds HJM-038 were obtained as yellow solids.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.10(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.71(s,1H),8.60(d,J＝5.0Hz,1H),8.49(d,J＝4.8Hz,1H),7.98(dt,J＝8.3, 1.2Hz,1H),7.94(dt,J＝8.1,1.9Hz,1H),7.57(dd,J＝8.6,7.0Hz,1H),7.52 (dd,J＝8.0,4.9Hz,1H),7.31(dd,J＝8.4,4.8Hz,1H),7.07(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H), 7.02(d,J＝7.0Hz,1H),6.89(s,1H),6.51(t,J＝5.0Hz,1H),6.47(d,J＝8.2Hz, 1H),5.05(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),3.26(q,J＝5.6Hz,2H),2.88(ddd,J＝17.4, 14.1,5.5Hz,1H),2.64–2.42(m,2H),2.25(t,J＝7.4Hz,2H),2.09–1.95(m, 1H),1.62–1.48(m,4H),1.42–1.21(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 609.2。

Example 39: synthesis of Compound HJM-039

Using a method similar to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-43 as starting materials, compounds HJM-039 were obtained as yellow solids.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.12(s,1H),9.12(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H), 8.63(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.51(dd,J＝4.8,1.7Hz,1H),7.79(dt,J＝7.9,2.0Hz, 1H),7.76–7.71(m,1H),7.67(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),7.61–7.54(m,2H),7.48(d,J ＝8.0Hz,1H),7.39(dd,J＝7.9,4.8Hz,1H),7.25(td,J＝7.7,1.6Hz,1H),7.19 (t,J＝7.3Hz,1H),6.68(s,1H),6.40(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H),5.11(dd,J＝12.7,5.4 Hz,1H),3.66(t,J＝6.1Hz,2H),3.51(t,J＝6.0Hz,2H),3.10(t,J＝7.3Hz,2H), 2.89(ddd,J＝16.7,13.7,5.4Hz,1H),2.64–2.46(m,4H),2.11–2.01(m,1H), 1.86(p,J＝6.3Hz,2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 627.1。

Example 40: synthesis of Compound HJM-040

Using a method similar to example 23, using 7-2 and Int-44 as starting materials, compound HJM-040 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.10(s,1H),9.33(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.61(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.52(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),7.78(dt,J＝7.9,2.0Hz, 1H),7.58(dd,J＝7.4,1.5Hz,1H),7.54–7.50(m,1H),7.47(dd,J＝8.5,7.1Hz, 1H),7.40(dd,J＝7.9,4.8Hz,1H),7.30–7.16(m,7H),7.01(d,J＝7.0Hz,1H), 6.93(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),6.65(s,1H),6.34(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),5.07(dd,J＝12.9, 5.4Hz,1H),4.52(d,J＝6.2Hz,2H),3.57(s,2H),2.89(ddd,J＝17.2,14.0,5.4 Hz,1H),2.64–2.43(m,2H),2.09–1.98(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 628.1。

Example 41: synthesis of Compound HJM-041

The compound Int-45 (50 mg, 134.26. Mu. Mol) and 1, 3-dioxo-2- (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl) -4-hydroxyisoindoline 5-1 (36.82 mg, 134.26. Mu. Mol) were added to anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) at room temperature, followed by diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (81.45 mg, 402.78. Mu. Mol) and triphenylphosphine (105.64 mg, 402.78. Mu. Mol) under nitrogen atmosphere, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC to give compound HJM-041 (10.49 mg, yield 12.0%) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.11(s,1H),9.36(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.63(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.52(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),7.83–7.77(m,2H),7.61 –7.56(m,2H),7.53(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),7.48–7.39(m,4H),7.34–7.31(m, 2H),7.28(td,J＝7.8,1.5Hz,1H),7.23(td,J＝7.4,1.2Hz,1H),6.66(s,1H), 6.36(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H),5.35(s,2H),5.09(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),3.60(s, 2H),2.88(ddd,J＝17.4,14.1,5.4Hz,1H),2.63–2.44(m,2H),2.09–2.00(m, 1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 629.1。

Example 42: synthesis of Compound HJM-042

Using a method similar to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-46 as starting materials, compound HJM-042 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.12(s,1H),9.02(d,J＝8.4Hz,1H), 8.70(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.61–8.54(m,1H),7.95(dt,J＝8.1,1.9Hz,1H),7.74 (s,1H),7.73(s,1H),7.61–7.57(m,2H),7.55–7.47(m,2H),7.27(td,J＝7.7, 1.5Hz,1H),7.22(t,J＝7.4Hz,1H),6.64(s,1H),6.46(d,J＝8.4Hz,1H),5.11 (dd,J＝12.7,5.4Hz,1H),4.02(s,2H),3.52(t,J＝5.6Hz,2H),3.15(t,J＝6.9 Hz,2H),2.88(ddd,J＝16.7,13.6,5.4Hz,1H),2.64–2.44(m,2H),2.09–2.01 (m,1H),1.78–1.68(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 627.4。

Example 43: synthesis of Compound HJM-043

Compounds Int-47 (111.23 mg, 258.36. Mu. Mol) and Int-42 (50 mg, 172.24. Mu. Mol) were added to acetonitrile (2 mL), followed by addition of potassium carbonate (35.7 mg, 258.36. Mu. Mol) and stirring at 50℃for 4 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (5 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (3×5 mL), and the organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering and concentrating to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC to give compound HJM-043 (6.2 mg, yield 5.8%) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.11(s,1H),9.04(d,J＝8.4Hz,1H), 8.63(d,J＝2.4Hz,1H),8.52(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),7.80(dt,J＝7.7,1.7Hz, 1H),7.76(d,J＝7.2Hz,1H),7.74–7.68(m,1H),7.62(d,J＝7.2Hz,1H),7.62 –7.55(m,1H),7.51(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),7.41(dd,J＝8.0,4.7Hz,1H),7.26(td, J＝7.8,1.6Hz,1H),7.21(td,J＝7.4,1.2Hz,1H),6.65(t,J＝1.0Hz,1H),6.37 (d,J＝8.4Hz,1H),5.11(dd,J＝12.8,5.5Hz,1H),3.09(t,J＝7.2Hz,2H),2.93 –2.82(m,1H),2.64–2.39(m,2H),2.24(t,J＝7.3Hz,2H),2.09–2.01(m,1H), 1.69–1.59(m,2H),1.59–1.52(m,2H),1.48–1.38(m,2H),1.33–1.26(m, 2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 625.5。

Example 44: synthesis of Compound HJM-044

Using a method similar to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-48 as starting materials, compound HJM-044 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.12(s,1H),9.15(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H), 8.61(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.50(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),7.79(dt,J＝8.0,2.0Hz, 1H),7.70(dd,J＝8.2,7.1Hz,1H),7.63(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),7.60–7.53(m,2H), 7.48(d,J＝7.9Hz,1H),7.42–7.37(m,1H),7.24(dd,J＝7.3,1.7Hz,1H),7.19 (tt,J＝7.3,1.2Hz,1H),6.70(t,J＝1.0Hz,1H),6.38(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H),5.11 (dd,J＝12.7,5.4Hz,1H),3.05(t,J＝7.1Hz,2H),2.89(ddd,J＝16.7,13.7,5.3 Hz,1H),2.67–2.50(m,4H),2.47(t,J＝6.9Hz,2H),2.42(t,J＝6.8Hz,2H), 2.21(s,3H),2.09–2.01(m,1H),1.77(p,J＝6.7Hz,2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 640.1。

Example 45: synthesis of Compound HJM-045

Using a method similar to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-49 as starting materials, compound HJM-045 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.10(s,1H),9.05(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H), 8.57(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.52(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),7.72(dt,J＝7.9,2.0Hz, 1H),7.58(dd,J＝7.5,1.6Hz,1H),7.52–7.46(m,2H),7.39(dd,J＝7.9,4.8Hz, 1H),7.30–7.21(m,4H),7.21–7.14(m,3H),7.01(d,J＝7.1Hz,1H),6.96(d,J ＝8.6Hz,1H),6.59(d,J＝1.0Hz,1H),6.36(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H),5.07(dd,J＝ 12.9,5.4Hz,1H),4.51(d,J＝5.9Hz,2H),2.94–2.85(m,1H),2.83(t,J＝7.4 Hz,2H),2.64–2.49(m,4H),2.09–2.00(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 642.1。

Example 46: synthesis of Compound HJM-046

Using a method similar to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-50 as starting materials, compound HJM-046 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.10(s,1H),9.55(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H), 8.77(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.60(dd,J＝4.9,1.6Hz,1H),8.02(dt,J＝8.1,2.0Hz, 1H),7.91(d,J＝8.3Hz,2H),7.59(dd,J＝7.6,1.5Hz,1H),7.56–7.45(m,5H), 7.33(t,J＝6.4Hz,1H),7.28(dd,J＝7.9,1.6Hz,1H),7.23(td,J＝7.4,1.2Hz, 1H),7.02(d,J＝7.0Hz,1H),6.91(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),6.66(t,J＝1.0Hz,1H), 6.64(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H),5.07(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),4.63(d,J＝6.1Hz,2H), 2.89(ddd,J＝17.2,14.0,5.4Hz,1H),2.65–2.48(m,2H),2.12–1.97(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 614.2。

Example 47: synthesis of Compound HJM-047

Compound Int-51 (50 mg, 134.99. Mu. Mol) and lenalidomide (35 mg, 134.99. Mu. Mol) were added to a mixed solvent of methanol (1 mL) and 1, 2-dichloroethane (1 mL) at room temperature, acetic acid (8.11 mg, 134.99. Mu. Mol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours. Sodium cyanoborohydride (25.45 mg, 404.97. Mu. Mol) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hour. Quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution (1 mL) and the reaction concentrated to give crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC to give compound HJM-047 (44.80 mg, yield 54.1%) as a white solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.01(s,1H),9.33(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H), 8.62(s,1H),8.53(d,J＝4.8Hz,1H),7.79(dt,J＝8.0,2.0Hz,1H),7.57(dt,J＝ 7.6,0.9Hz,1H),7.54–7.47(m,1H),7.41(dd,J＝7.9,4.8Hz,1H),7.34–7.14 (m,7H),6.91(dd,J＝7.5,0.8Hz,1H),6.65–6.64(m,1H),6.62(d,J＝8.0Hz, 1H),6.38–6.28(m,2H),5.11(dd,J＝13.3,5.1Hz,1H),4.35(s,2H),4.34– 4.14(m,2H),3.54(s,2H),2.92(ddd,J＝18.1,13.5,5.4Hz,1H),2.66–2.58(m, 1H),2.38–2.25(m,1H),2.09–2.00(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 614.4。

Example 48: synthesis of Compound HJM-048

Using a method similar to example 1, using Int-52 and Int-7 as starting materials, compound HJM-048 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.32(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.77(s,1H),8.61(d,J＝4.3Hz,1H),8.08(dd,J＝8.1,1.3Hz,1H),8.00(d,J＝ 8.2Hz,1H),7.92(d,J＝7.7Hz,1H),7.60–7.52(m,2H),7.49(td,J＝7.7,1.4 Hz,1H),7.43(td,J＝7.6,1.3Hz,1H),7.07(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.02(d,J＝7.0 Hz,1H),6.62(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),6.52(brs,1H),5.05(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H), 3.27(q,J＝5.8Hz,2H),2.94–2.82(m,1H),2.63–2.50(m,2H),2.31–2.23(m, 2H),2.07–1.97(m,1H),1.64–1.51(m,4H),1.42–1.27(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 625.1。

Example 49: synthesis of Compound HJM-049

Using a method similar to example 1, using Int-53 and Int-7 as starting materials, compound HJM-049 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.08(s,1H),9.16(s,1H),9.10(d,J＝ 8.1Hz,1H),8.87(s,2H),7.63–7.50(m,3H),7.29(td,J＝7.8,1.6Hz,1H),7.23 (td,J＝7.4,1.2Hz,1H),7.07(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.02(d,J＝7.0Hz,1H),6.71 (t,J＝1.0Hz,1H),6.51(t,J＝5.9Hz,1H),6.44(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),5.05(dd,J ＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),3.26(q,J＝6.7Hz,1H),2.88(ddd,J＝18.4,14.0,5.4Hz, 1H),2.63–2.49(m,2H),2.24(t,J＝7.3Hz,2H),2.06–1.98(m,1H),1.61– 1.49(m,4H),1.39–1.23(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 609.4。

Example 50: synthesis of Compounds HJM-050

By using the same procedures as in example 1, but using Int-54 and Int-7 as starting materials, compound HJM-050 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.10(d,J＝8.5Hz,1H), 8.71(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.58(dd,J＝4.9,1.6Hz,1H),7.94(dt,J＝8.0,2.0Hz, 1H),7.88(dd,J＝6.9,2.0Hz,1H),7.79–7.73(m,1H),7.57(dd,J＝8.6,7.1Hz, 1H),7.51(dd,J＝7.9,4.9Hz,1H),7.36–7.28(m,2H),7.09–7.05(m,2H), 7.02(d,J＝7.0Hz,1H),6.54–6.48(m,2H),5.05(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H), 3.26(q,J＝6.3Hz,2H),2.88(ddd,J＝17.4,14.1,5.5Hz,1H),2.63–2.49(m, 2H),2.28–2.19(m,2H),2.07–1.98(m,1H),1.62–1.48(m,4H),1.40–1.24 (m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 624.5。

Example 51: synthesis of Compound HJM-051

By using a method similar to example 1, starting with 6-4 and Int-55, compound HJM-051 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.13(s,1H),9.37(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.69(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.58(dd,J＝4.9,1.6Hz,1H),8.39(s,1H),7.92(dt,J＝ 8.0,2.0Hz,1H),7.63–7.49(m,4H),7.38(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.34–7.21(m, 7H),6.69(t,J＝1.1Hz,1H),6.41(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),5.12(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz, 1H),3.59(s,2H),2.90(ddd,J＝17.3,14.0,5.5Hz,1H),2.65–2.49(m,2H), 2.11–2.02(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 614.4。

Example 52: synthesis of Compound HJM-052

Using a method similar to example 1, using Int-56 and Int-7 as starting materials, compound HJM-052 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.23(d,J＝7.9Hz,1H), 8.73(s,1H),8.58(d,J＝4.8Hz,1H),7.94(dt,J＝8.0,2.0Hz,1H),7.71(td,J＝ 6.9,2.4Hz,2H),7.57(dd,J＝8.6,7.1Hz,1H),7.49(dd,J＝7.9,4.8Hz,1H), 7.38(tt,J＝7.4,5.7Hz,2H),7.07(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.01(d,J＝7.0Hz,1H), 6.53(t,J＝1.0Hz,1H),6.50(d,J＝7.9Hz,1H),5.05(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H), 3.26(q,J＝6.5Hz,2H),2.88(ddd,J＝17.4,14.0,5.5Hz,1H),2.63–2.48(m, 2H),2.25(t,J＝7.3Hz,2H),2.06–1.98(m,1H),1.55(p,J＝7.2Hz,4H),1.39 –1.26(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 609.4。

Example 53: synthesis of Compound HJM-053

Using a method similar to example 1, using Int-57 and Int-7 as starting materials, compound HJM-053 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.38(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H), 9.05(d,J＝2.0Hz,1H),8.91(dd,J＝5.7,1.4Hz,1H),8.64(dt,J＝8.2,1.8Hz, 1H),8.27(dd,J＝4.8,1.7Hz,1H),8.11–8.06(m,2H),7.57(dd,J＝8.6,7.0Hz, 1H),7.34(dd,J＝7.6,4.9Hz,1H),7.07(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.01(d,J＝7.0Hz, 1H),6.85(d,J＝1.0Hz,1H),6.67(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H),5.05(dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz, 1H),3.26(t,J＝7.1Hz,2H),2.88(ddd,J＝17.2,14.0,5.4Hz,1H),2.63–2.45 (m,2H),2.32–2.24(m,2H),2.06–1.98(m,1H),1.62–1.48(m,4H),1.40– 1.22(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 609.1。

Example 54: synthesis of Compound HJM-054

Using a method similar to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-58 as starting materials, compound HJM-054 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.15(s,1H),9.43(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H), 8.70(s,1H),8.60(d,J＝5.0Hz,1H),8.00–7.87(m,4H),7.63–7.52(m,5H), 7.40(d,J＝8.1Hz,2H),7.30(td,J＝7.7,1.5Hz,1H),7.24(td,J＝7.4,1.1Hz, 1H),6.70(s,1H),6.42(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H),5.18(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),3.67 (s,2H),2.90(ddd,J＝17.4,13.9,5.5Hz,1H),2.66–2.53(m,2H),2.14–2.04 (m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 623.4。

Example 55: synthesis of Compound HJM-055

Lindlar catalyst (50.0 mg,10% Pd) was added to a solution of compound HJM-054 (50 mg, 80.31. Mu. Mol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) under argon atmosphere, and after three hydrogen substitutions, stirred at 20℃under 1 atm hydrogen for 2 hours. After the reaction is completed, filtering and concentrating under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC to give compound HJM-055 (3.09 mg, 6.1% yield) as a white solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.13(s,1H),9.34(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.60(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.53(dd,J＝5.0,1.7Hz,1H),7.78(dd,J＝7.8,4.5Hz, 2H),7.58(t,J＝7.7Hz,2H),7.50(dd,J＝10.6,8.0Hz,2H),7.41(dd,J＝7.9, 4.8Hz,1H),7.32–7.13(m,6H),7.09(d,J＝12.3Hz,1H),6.91(d,J＝12.3Hz, 1H),6.66(s,1H),6.35(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H),5.16(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),3.55 (s,2H),2.98–2.83(m,1H),2.65–2.48(m,2H),2.13–2.02(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 625.4。

Example 56: synthesis of Compound HJM-056

Wet palladium on carbon (100 mg,10% Pd) was added to a solution of compound HJM-054 (50 mg, 80.31. Mu. Mol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) under argon atmosphere, and after three hydrogen substitutions, the mixture was stirred at 40℃under 1 atm of hydrogen for 12 hours. After the reaction is completed, filtering and concentrating under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC to give compound HJM-056 (10 mg, 19.9% yield) as a white solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.13(s,1H),9.32(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.62(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.53(dd,J＝4.9,1.7Hz,1H),7.82–7.66(m,4H),7.60 (d,J＝7.5Hz,1H),7.53(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),7.42(dd,J＝7.9,4.8Hz,1H),7.32 –7.16(m,6H),6.66(s,1H),6.36(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H),5.15(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz, 1H),3.54(s,2H),3.32–3.24(m,2H),2.96–2.81(m,3H),2.65–2.51(m,2H), 2.13–2.01(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 627.3。

Example 57: synthesis of Compound HJM-057

Using a method similar to example 1, using Int-54 and Int-34 as starting materials, compounds HJM-057 were obtained as yellow solids.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.10(s,1H),9.37(dd,J＝8.3,2.1Hz, 1H),8.70(s,1H),8.58(d,J＝4.9Hz,1H),7.91(dd,J＝13.1,7.6Hz,2H),7.74 (dd,J＝6.0,3.8Hz,1H),7.54–7.46(m,2H),7.37–7.17(m,7H),7.08(s,1H), 7.02(dd,J＝7.0,2.0Hz,1H),6.95(dd,J＝8.6,2.0Hz,1H),6.48(d,J＝8.3Hz, 1H),5.07(dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz,1H),4.53(d,J＝6.0Hz,2H),3.55(s,2H),2.97– 2.83(m,1H),2.65–2.44(m,2H),2.12–1.95(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 644.2。

Example 58: synthesis of Compound HJM-058

Using a method similar to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-59 as starting materials, compounds HJM-058 were obtained as yellow solids.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.11(s,1H),9.36(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H), 8.68(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.58(dd,J＝4.9,1.6Hz,1H),7.91(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H), 7.82(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),7.79–7.73(m,1H),7.62(d,J＝7.2Hz,1H),7.61– 7.58(m,1H),7.55–7.47(m,2H),7.41(d,J＝8.1Hz,2H),7.32–7.19(m,4H), 6.66(s,1H),6.38(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),5.11(dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz,1H),4.42(s, 2H),3.57(s,2H),2.88(ddd,J＝16.7,13.9,5.5Hz,1H),2.63–2.51(m,2H), 2.09–2.00(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 645.1。

Example 59: synthesis of Compound HJM-059

To a mixed solution of tetrahydrofuran (1 mL), t-butanol (1 mL) and water (1 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 10 hours, wherein the compound was Int-60 (64.17 mg, 208.81. Mu. Mol), int-61 (50 mg, 160.62. Mu. Mol), sodium ascorbate (12.73 mg, 64.25. Mu. Mol) and copper sulfate pentahydrate (5.13 mg, 32.12. Mu. Mol). The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2X 10 mL), and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine (2X 10 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtering, concentrating the filtrate to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC to give compound HJM-059 (12.3 mg, yield 12.3%) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.63(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H), 8.71(brs,1H),8.59(brs,1H),8.01(s,1H),7.90(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H),7.64–7.48 (m,4H),7.33–7.27(m,1H),7.24(td,J＝7.4,1.1Hz,1H),7.19(d,J＝8.5Hz, 1H),7.11–7.06(m,1H),7.05(d,J＝7.1Hz,1H),6.77(s,1H),6.40(d,J＝8.0 Hz,1H),5.25(d,J＝2.5Hz,2H),5.05(dd,J＝12.9,5.3Hz,1H),4.61(d,J＝5.4 Hz,2H),2.95–2.81(m,1H),2.63–2.51(m,2H),2.07–1.98(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 619.1。

The new data are as follows

Example 60: synthesis of Compound HJM-060

By using a method similar to example 1, starting with 6-4 and Int-62, compound HJM-060 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),8.84(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H), 8.65(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.52(dd,J＝4.9,1.6Hz,1H),7.87–7.77(m,1H),7.60 –7.47(m,3H),7.40(dd,J＝8.0,4.8Hz,1H),7.29–7.18(m,2H),7.04(d,J＝ 8.6Hz,1H),7.00(d,J＝7.0Hz,1H),6.65(s,1H),6.52(t,J＝5.9Hz,1H),6.41 (d,J＝8.5Hz,1H),5.04(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),3.28–3.21(m,2H),3.09(s, 2H),2.93–2.81(m,1H),2.64–2.45(m,2H),2.41(t,J＝6.4Hz,2H),2.24(s, 3H),2.07–1.96(m,1H),1.58–1.44(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 623.3。

Example 61: synthesis of Compound HJM-061

Int-63 (226.7 mg,0.5 mmol), int-64 (150.1 mg,0.5 mmol), and glacial acetic acid (150.0 mg,2.50mmol, 142.85. Mu.L) were added to 1, 2-dichloroethane (8 mL) at room temperature, stirred for 0.5 hours, and after stirring, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (106.0 mg,0.5 mmol) was added to the reaction solution, and stirring was continued for 2.5 hours. After the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (hydrochloric acid system) to give the hydrochloride salt of compound HJM-061 (2.6 mg, yield 0.8%) as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.13(s,1H),10.36(s,1H),9.46(d,J＝ 8.5Hz,1H),8.92(s,1H),8.71(s,1H),8.30(s,1H),7.92–7.66(m,4H),7.64– 7.46(m,2H),7.35–7.18(m,2H),6.72(s,1H),6.58(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H),5.20– 5.06(m,1H),4.17(s,2H),3.91–3.83(m,2H),3.55–3.26(m,6H),2.98–2.79 (m,4H),2.64–2.47(m,2H),2.09–1.97(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 624.5。

Example 62: synthesis of Compound HJM-062

By using a method similar to example 1, starting with 6-4 and Int-65, compound HJM-062 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.12(s,1H),8.88(s,1H),8.65(d,J＝ 2.4Hz,1H),8.52(dd,J＝4.8,1.7Hz,1H),7.83(d,J＝7.9Hz,1H),7.78–7.70 (m,2H),7.62–7.56(m,2H),7.51(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H),7.41(dd,J＝8.0,4.8Hz, 1H),7.26(t,J＝7.5Hz,1H),7.21(t,J＝7.3Hz,1H),6.66(s,1H),6.41(d,J＝8.4Hz,1H),5.11(dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz,1H),3.19–3.06(m,4H),2.94–2.82(m, 1H),2.70–2.42(m,4H),2.26(s,3H),2.10–2.00(m,1H),1.70–1.54(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 640.2。

Example 63: synthesis of Compounds HJM-063

Using a method similar to example 1, starting with 6-4 and Int-66, compounds HJM-063 were obtained as yellow solids.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.12(s,1H),9.11(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.76(d,J＝2.2Hz,1H),8.66(dd,J＝5.1,1.5Hz,1H),8.08(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H), 7.77(s,1H),7.76(s,1H),7.65(dd,J＝7.9,5.0Hz,1H),7.62(t,J＝4.1Hz,1H), 7.59(dd,J＝7.4,1.5Hz,1H),7.52(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),7.28(dd,J＝7.7,1.5Hz, 1H),7.22(td,J＝7.4,1.2Hz,1H),6.69(s,1H),6.46(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),5.11 (dd,J＝12.7,5.4Hz,1H),3.65(t,J＝6.2Hz,2H),3.43(t,J＝6.4Hz,2H),3.31 (t,J＝6.2Hz,2H),2.88(ddd,J＝16.7,13.6,5.3Hz,1H),2.64–2.50(m,2H), 2.34–2.27(m,2H),2.09–2.00(m,1H),1.77(p,J＝6.8Hz,2H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 627.0。

Example 64: synthesis of Compound HJM-064

Using a method similar to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-67 as starting materials, compound HJM-064 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.11(s,1H),9.35(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.68(s,1H),8.58(s,1H),7.91(d,J＝7.8Hz,1H),7.57(dd,J＝7.5,4.4Hz,1H), 7.55–7.42(m,3H),7.38–7.31(m,2H),7.32–7.18(m,4H),7.02(d,J＝7.1Hz, 1H),6.87(dd,J＝8.6,3.5Hz,1H),6.70–6.63(m,2H),6.38(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H), 5.07(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),4.81(p,J＝6.8Hz,1H),3.55(s,2H),2.97–2.82 (m,1H),2.63–2.50(m,2H),2.09–1.99(m,1H),1.51(d,J＝6.7Hz,3H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 642.1。

Example 65: synthesis of Compound HJM-065

Using a method similar to example 1, using Int-68 and Int-7 as starting materials, compound HJM-065 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.08(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H), 8.90(d,J＝0.9Hz,1H),8.64(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.54(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H), 8.43(d,J＝5.7Hz,1H),7.82(dt,J＝8.0,2.0Hz,1H),7.62(dt,J＝5.7,1.0Hz, 1H),7.57(dd,J＝8.6,7.1Hz,1H),7.43(dd,J＝7.9,4.7Hz,1H),7.07(d,J＝8.6 Hz,1H),7.02(d,J＝7.0Hz,1H),6.80(t,J＝1.1Hz,1H),6.52(t,J＝6.0Hz, 1H),6.43(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H),5.05(dd,J＝12.9,5.3Hz,1H),3.26(q,J＝6.8Hz, 2H),2.88(ddd,J＝17.3,14.0,5.4Hz,1H),2.64–2.47(m,2H),2.24(t,J＝7.3 Hz,2H),2.08–1.98(m,1H),1.60–1.49(m,4H),1.40–1.22(m,4H).

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 609.4。

Example 66: synthesis of Compound HJM-066

By using a method similar to example 59, using Int-60 and Int-69 as starting materials, compound HJM-066 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.08(s,1H),9.64(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H), 8.71(brs,1H),8.59(brs,1H),7.95(s,1H),7.90(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H),7.65–7.47 (m,4H),7.30(td,J＝7.7,1.4Hz,1H),7.25(td,J＝7.5,1.1Hz,1H),7.14(d,J＝ 8.6Hz,1H),7.03(d,J＝7.0Hz,1H),6.78(s,1H),6.74(t,J＝6.1Hz,1H),6.40 (d,J＝7.9Hz,1H),5.25(d,J＝2.4Hz,2H),5.04(dd,J＝13.0,5.4Hz,1H),3.59 (d,J＝6.7Hz,2H),2.95(t,J＝7.2Hz,2H),2.92–2.80(m,1H),2.62–2.51(m, 2H),2.06–1.95(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 633.0。

Example 67: synthesis of Compound HJM-067

By using a method similar to example 59, using Int-70 and Int-69 as starting materials, compound HJM-067 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.07(s,1H),9.22(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.56(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.51(d,J＝4.8Hz,1H),7.82(s,1H),7.72(d,J＝8.0 Hz,1H),7.61–7.56(m,2H),7.50(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),7.39(dd,J＝7.9,4.8Hz, 1H),7.26(t,J＝7.7Hz,1H),7.21(t,J＝7.4Hz,1H),7.11(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H), 7.04(d,J＝7.1Hz,1H),6.73(t,J＝6.1Hz,1H),6.64(s,1H),6.36(d,J＝8.1Hz, 1H),5.05(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),4.57(t,J＝6.7Hz,2H),3.54(q,J＝6.8Hz, 2H),2.94–2.81(m,5H),2.62–2.51(m,2H),2.06–1.98(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 647.1。

Example 68: synthesis of Compound HJM-068

Using a method similar to example 59, using Int-70 and Int-61 as starting materials, compound HJM-068 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.20(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.56(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.52(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),7.92(s,1H),7.71(dt,J＝ 7.9,2.0Hz,1H),7.60–7.48(m,3H),7.39(dd,J＝7.9,4.8Hz,1H),7.27(td,J＝ 7.7,1.6Hz,1H),7.22(td,J＝7.4,1.2Hz,1H),7.15(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.08– 7.02(m,2H),6.63(s,1H),6.34(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),5.06(dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz, 1H),4.62–4.51(m,4H),2.94–2.83(m,3H),2.63–2.51(m,2H),2.06–1.97 (m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 633.0。

Example 69: synthesis of Compound HJM-069

Using a method similar to example 23, using 7-2 and Int-71 as starting materials, compound HJM-069 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.10(s,1H),9.49(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.74(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.65(d,J＝2.2Hz,1H),8.61(dd,J＝4.9,1.6Hz,1H), 8.02–7.93(m,2H),7.63–7.47(m,5H),7.35(t,J＝6.4Hz,1H),7.29(dd,J＝ 7.7,1.6Hz,1H),7.24(td,J＝7.4,1.2Hz,1H),7.05(d,J＝7.1Hz,1H),7.01(d, J＝8.6Hz,1H),6.74(s,1H),6.41(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H),5.07(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz, 1H),4.64(d,J＝6.1Hz,2H),3.89(s,2H),2.89(ddd,J＝18.0,13.8,5.4Hz,1H), 2.63–2.50(m,2H),2.09–1.98(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 629.4。

Example 70: synthesis of Compound HJM-070

By using a method similar to example 1, starting with 6-4 and Int-72, compound HJM-070 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.15(s,1H),9.56(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H), 8.90(d,J＝2.1Hz,1H),8.77(d,J＝5.3Hz,1H),8.37–8.29(m,2H),8.11(d,J ＝16.5Hz,1H),7.91–7.78(m,3H),7.70–7.53(m,5H),7.37(d,J＝7.9Hz, 2H),7.31(t,J＝7.6Hz,1H),7.25(t,J＝7.4Hz,1H),6.74(s,1H),6.54(d,J＝ 8.0Hz,1H),5.17(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),3.65(s,2H),2.91(ddd,J＝17.8, 13.9,5.4Hz,1H),2.65–2.53(m,2H),2.12–2.04(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 625.2。

Example 71: synthesis of Compound HJM-071

By using a method similar to example 23, starting with 7-2 and Int-73, compound HJM-071 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.11(s,1H),9.69(d,J＝7.9Hz,1H), 8.92(s,1H),8.78(d,J＝5.4Hz,1H),8.64(s,1H),8.36(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),8.05 (d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),7.86(t,J＝6.9Hz,1H),7.64(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H),7.62–7.59 (m,1H),7.57–7.51(m,2H),7.46(s,1H),7.31(dd,J＝7.8,1.5Hz,1H),7.25(t, J＝7.3Hz,1H),7.09(d,J＝7.1Hz,1H),7.02(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),6.77(s,1H), 6.53(d,J＝7.9Hz,1H),5.09(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),4.80(s,2H),3.80(s, 2H),2.90(ddd,J＝17.4,13.9,5.5Hz,1H),2.65–2.53(m,2H),2.09–2.00(m, 1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 629.2。

Example 72: synthesis of Compound HJM-072

Using a method similar to example 23, starting with 7-2 and Int-74, compound HJM-072 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.21(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H), 8.51–8.47(m,2H),7.65(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),7.62–7.57(m,1H),7.55–7.48(m, 2H),7.35–7.20(m,7H),7.18(t,J＝6.2Hz,1H),7.02(d,J＝7.1Hz,1H),6.96 (d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),6.66(s,1H),6.34(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H),5.07(dd,J＝12.8,5.4 Hz,1H),4.52(d,J＝5.8Hz,2H),3.80(q,J＝6.9Hz,1H),2.89(ddd,J＝17.9, 13.9,5.2Hz,1H),2.64–2.53(m,2H),2.09–1.99(m,1H),1.37(d,J＝7.0Hz, 3H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 642.2。

Example 73: synthesis of Compound HJM-073

Using a method similar to example 23, using 7-2 and Int-75 as starting materials, compound HJM-073 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.18(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.65(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.56(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),7.87–7.80(m,1H),7.51 –7.44(m,3H),7.42(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),7.32(s,4H),7.27–7.16(m,3H),7.02 (d,J＝7.0Hz,1H),6.98(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),6.43(s,1H),6.33(d,J＝8.1Hz, 1H),5.07(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),4.54(d,J＝6.2Hz,2H),3.79(q,J＝6.9Hz, 1H),2.89(ddd,J＝17.9,13.9,5.4Hz,1H),2.63–2.52(m,2H),2.10–2.00(m, 1H),1.33(d,J＝7.0Hz,3H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 642.2。

Example 74: synthesis of Compound HJM-074

Using a method similar to example 1, using Int-76 and Int-7 as starting materials, compound HJM-074 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),8.98(d,J＝8.4Hz,1H), 8.84(s,1H),8.82(s,1H),7.61–7.52(m,2H),7.52–7.44(m,2H),7.25(td,J＝ 7.7,1.6Hz,1H),7.20(t,J＝7.2Hz,1H),7.06(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.01(d,J＝ 7.0Hz,1H),6.70(s,1H),6.51(t,J＝5.9Hz,1H),6.40(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H),5.05 (dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),3.26(q,J＝6.8Hz,2H),2.88(ddd,J＝17.5,14.1,5.4 Hz,1H),2.63–2.51(m,2H),2.26(td,J＝7.2,3.4Hz,2H),2.08–1.98(m,1H), 1.59–1.46(m,4H),1.40–1.22(m,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 609.0。

Example 75: synthesis of Compound HJM-075

By using a method similar to example 1, using Int-77 and Int-7 as starting materials, compound HJM-075 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.21(dd,J＝4.8,1.8Hz, 1H),9.17(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H),7.85–7.72(m,2H),7.62–7.53(m,2H),7.53– 7.47(m,1H),7.27(td,J＝7.7,1.6Hz,1H),7.22(td,J＝7.4,1.2Hz,1H),7.07(d, J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.01(d,J＝7.0Hz,1H),6.72(t,J＝1.0Hz,1H),6.59(d,J＝8.2 Hz,1H),6.51(brs,1H),5.05(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),3.29–3.21(m,2H), 2.88(ddd,J＝17.4,14.0,5.4Hz,1H),2.63–2.50(m,2H),2.27(t,J＝7.4,1.8 Hz,2H),2.07–1.98(m,1H),1.55(t,J＝7.4Hz,4H),1.30(d,J＝9.9Hz,4H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 609.0。

Example 76: synthesis of Compound HJM-076

Using a method similar to example 1, using 6-4 and Int-78 as starting materials, compound HJM-076 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.09(s,1H),9.02(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H), 8.68(s,1H),8.58(d,J＝4.7Hz,1H),7.91(d,J＝7.9Hz,1H),7.60–7.46(m, 4H),7.30–7.19(m,2H),7.08–7.00(m,2H),6.63(s,1H),6.46(brs,1H),6.39 (d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),5.06(dd,J＝13.1,5.3Hz,1H),3.38(d,J＝5.3Hz,2H),2.93 –2.82(m,1H),2.64–2.51(m,2H),2.42(s,2H),2.08–1.99(m,1H),1.60(s, 6H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 618.4。

Example 77: synthesis of Compound HJM-077

/>

Using a method similar to example 1, using Int-79 and Int-34 as starting materials, compound HJM-077 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.10(s,1H),9.40(d,J＝8.4Hz,1H), 8.68(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.56(d,J＝4.8Hz,1H),8.50(dd,J＝4.7,1.6Hz,1H), 8.14(dd,J＝8.1,1.6Hz,1H),7.87(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H),7.52–7.43(m,2H),7.40 (dd,J＝8.0,4.6Hz,1H),7.32–7.24(m,4H),7.21(t,J＝6.1Hz,1H),7.07(s, 1H),7.01(d,J＝7.1Hz,1H),6.95(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),6.49(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H), 5.07(dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz,1H),4.53(d,J＝6.2Hz,2H),3.60–3.48(m,2H), 2.95–2.83(m,1H),2.63–2.51(m,2H),2.09–1.99(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 645.5。

Example 78: synthesis of Compound HJM-078

Using a method similar to example 1, using Int-80 and Int-34 as starting materials, compound HJM-078 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.10(s,1H),8.58(d,J＝4.7Hz,1H), 8.49(s,1H),7.71(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H),7.61(d,J＝7.6Hz,1H),7.56(d,J＝8.2 Hz,1H),7.50(t,J＝7.8Hz,1H),7.45(dd,J＝7.9,4.8Hz,1H),7.35–7.18(m, 7H),7.10(s,1H),7.02(d,J＝7.1Hz,1H),6.97(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),6.75(s,1H), 5.07(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),4.54(d,J＝6.1Hz,2H),3.92–3.78(m,2H), 2.95(s,3H),2.93–2.84(m,1H),2.64–2.53(m,2H),2.09–2.00(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 642.5。

Example 79: synthesis of Compound HJM-079

Using a method similar to example 1, using Int-81 and Int-34 as starting materials, compound HJM-079 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.10(s,1H),9.17(d,J＝8.3Hz,1H), 8.51(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.48(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),7.69(dt,J＝8.1,2.0Hz, 1H),7.63(d,J＝1.8Hz,1H),7.50(dd,J＝8.6,7.1Hz,1H),7.36(dd,J＝7.9,4.8 Hz,1H),7.28(d,J＝7.9Hz,2H),7.24–7.17(m,3H),7.01(d,J＝7.1Hz,1H), 6.94(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),6.40(dd,J＝3.4,1.9Hz,1H),6.19–6.14(m,2H),5.06 (dd,J＝13.0,5.4Hz,1H),4.52(d,J＝6.2Hz,2H),3.50(s,2H),2.95–2.84(m, 1H),2.64–2.52(m,2H),2.09–1.99(m,1H).

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 578.4。

Example 80: synthesis of Compound HJM-080

By using the same method as in example 1, by using Int-57 and Int-34 as starting materials, compound HJM-080 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.10(s,1H),9.39(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H), 8.66(d,J＝2.4Hz,1H),8.56(d,J＝4.8Hz,1H),8.26(dd,J＝4.9,1.7Hz,1H), 8.06(dd,J＝7.6,1.7Hz,1H),7.86(dt,J＝8.1,2.0Hz,1H),7.53–7.43(m,2H), 7.33(dd,J＝7.7,4.9Hz,1H),7.29(d,J＝8.1Hz,2H),7.24(d,J＝8.1Hz,2H), 7.21(t,J＝6.4Hz,1H),7.01(d,J＝7.1Hz,1H),6.94(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),6.75(s, 1H),6.40(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H),5.07(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),4.52(d,J＝6.1Hz, 2H),3.56(s,2H),2.89(ddd,J＝17.3,14.0,5.3Hz,1H),2.64–2.52(m,2H), 2.09–2.00(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 629.0。

Example 81: synthesis of Compound HJM-081

By using the same method as in example 1, by using Int-54 and Int-82 as starting materials, compound HJM-081 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.08(s,1H),9.64(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H), 8.73(s,1H),8.60(s,1H),8.01(s,1H),7.98–7.88(m,2H),7.79(d,J＝7.5Hz, 1H),7.57(t,J＝7.8Hz,1H),7.52(dd,J＝7.9,4.9Hz,1H),7.40–7.29(m,2H), 7.22(s,1H),7.20(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.11–7.06(m,1H),7.05(d,J＝7.1Hz, 1H),6.51(d,J＝8.2Hz,1H),5.25(d,J＝3.4Hz,2H),5.05(dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz, 1H),4.61(d,J＝5.2Hz,2H),2.94–2.82(m,1H),2.62–2.52(m,2H),2.06– 1.97(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 635.2。

Example 82: synthesis of Compounds HJM-082

By using a method similar to example 1, starting with 6-4 and Int-83, compound HJM-082 was obtained as a yellow solid.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.08(s,1H),9.47(d,J＝8.1Hz,1H), 8.72(d,J＝2.3Hz,1H),8.62(dd,J＝4.9,1.6Hz,1H),7.97(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H), 7.71(s,1H),7.64–7.58(m,1H),7.60–7.51(m,3H),7.46(s,1H),7.30(td,J＝ 7.7,1.5Hz,1H),7.25(td,J＝7.5,1.0Hz,1H),7.15(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.03(d, J＝7.1Hz,1H),6.89–6.85(m,1H),6.75(s,1H),6.41(d,J＝7.9Hz,1H),5.04 (dd,J＝12.8,5.4Hz,1H),4.92(d,J＝2.8Hz,2H),4.38(d,J＝4.4Hz,2H),2.88 (ddd,J＝16.9,13.7,5.4Hz,1H),2.62–2.52(m,2H),2.06–1.98(m,1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 618.2。

Example 83: synthesis of Compound HJM-083

Using a method similar to example 1, using Int-57 and Int-82 as starting materials, compounds HJM-083 were obtained as yellow solids.

¹ H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ11.08(s,1H),9.67(d,J＝8.0Hz,1H), 8.68(d,J＝2.4Hz,1H),8.56(dd,J＝4.8,1.6Hz,1H),8.27(dd,J＝4.9,1.7Hz, 1H),8.09(dd,J＝7.7,1.7Hz,1H),8.01(s,1H),7.86(dt,J＝7.9,2.1Hz,1H), 7.60–7.53(m,1H),7.45(dd,J＝7.9,4.8Hz,1H),7.35(dd,J＝7.6,4.9Hz,1H), 7.19(d,J＝8.6Hz,1H),7.08(t,J＝6.1Hz,1H),7.05(d,J＝7.1Hz,1H),6.85(s, 1H),6.42(d,J＝7.9Hz,1H),5.26(s,2H),5.05(dd,J＝12.9,5.4Hz,1H),4.61 (d,J＝6.1Hz,2H),2.94–2.82(m,1H),2.63–2.51(m,2H),2.06–1.98(m, 1H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 620.0。

Example 84: synthesis of Compound HJM-084

Synthesis of control Compounds

Control compound 1: synthesis of Compound Ref-1

Step 1:

the compound (2S, 4R) -1- ((S) -2-amino-3, 3-dimethylbutyryl) -4-hydroxy-N- ((S) -1- (4- (4-methylthiazol-5-yl) phenyl) ethyl) pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide hydrochloride Ref-1-1 (100 mg,0.22 mmol), 4, 7-dioxasebacic acid (116 mg,0.56 mmol), HOAt (36.7 mg,0.26 mmol), EDCI.HCl (51.6 mg,0.26 mmol), N-methylmorpholine (114 mg,1.10 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (15 mL) at room temperature and stirred for 6h at room temperature. After the completion of LCMS detection reaction, a small amount of water is added to quench the reaction, and the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase prep HPLC (acetonitrile/(water+0.05% hcl), 10% -100%), and lyophilized to give compound Ref-1-2 (80 mg, 57% yield) as a white solid.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,Methanol-d ₄ )δ8.87(s,1H),7.47–7.39(m,4H),5.01 (q,J＝6.5Hz,1H),4.64(s,1H),4.57(t,J＝8.1Hz,1H),4.43(s,1H),3.87(d,J ＝11.0Hz,1H),3.78–3.69(m,5H),3.65–3.56(m,4H),2.65(s,2H),2.53(t,J ＝6.2Hz,2H),2.48(s,3H),2.23–2.16(m,1H),1.99–1.92(m,1H),1.51(d,J＝ 6.8Hz,3H),1.05(s,9H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 633.6。

Step 2:

compound Ref-1-2 (20 mg,0.03 mmol), compound 6-4 dihydrochloride (9 mg,0.03 mmol), HOAt (5.2 mg,0.04 mmol), EDCI.HCl (7.3 mg,0.04 mmol), N-methylmorpholine (15 mg,0.15 mmol) were dissolved in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 6h. After completion of LCMS detection reaction, the reaction solution was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (acetonitrile/(water+0.05% hcl), 10% -100%), and lyophilized to give the hydrochloride salt of compound Ref-1 (13 mg, yield 49.5%) as a white solid.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,Methanol-d ₄ )δ9.69(s,1H),9.00(d,J＝7.7Hz,1H), 8.92–8.87(m,1H),8.71(t,J＝9.5Hz,1H),8.17–8.09(m,1H),7.61(d,J＝7.7 Hz,1H),7.54–7.45(m,5H),7.33(t,J＝7.9Hz,1H),7.26(t,J＝7.4Hz,1H), 6.87(d,J＝3.6Hz,1H),6.64(d,J＝9.1Hz,1H),5.00(q,J＝6.8Hz,1H),4.63 (d,J＝3.9Hz,1H),4.60–4.53(m,1H),4.42(s,1H),3.88(d,J＝11.2Hz,1H), 3.83–3.68(m,5H),3.68–3.58(m,4H),2.73–2.65(m,1H),2.62–2.50(m, 6H),2.23–2.14(m,1H),1.98–1.89(m,1H),1.49(d,J＝6.9Hz,3H),1.05(s, 9H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 839.4。

Control compound 2: synthesis of Compound Ref-2

By using 1, 4-butanedioic acid as a starting material, the hydrochloride salt of compound Ref-2 is obtained as a white solid, in a similar manner to control compound 1.

¹ H NMR(500MHz,DMSO-d ₆ )δ9.32(d,J＝4.0Hz,1H),9.05(s,1H), 9.03(s,1H),8.89(d,J＝5.0Hz,1H),8.60(d,J＝7.8Hz,1H),8.40(d,J＝7.6 Hz,1H),8.06(t,J＝6.8Hz,1H),7.87(t,J＝8.8Hz,1H),7.61(d,J＝7.6Hz, 1H),7.55(d,J＝8.4Hz,1H),7.44(d,J＝7.6Hz,2H),7.38(d,J＝7.8Hz,2H), 7.31(t,J＝7.6Hz,1H),7.25(t,J＝7.4Hz,1H),6.80(s,1H),6.59(d,J＝7.8Hz, 1H),4.91(p,J＝6.9Hz,1H),4.51(d,J＝9.1Hz,1H),4.42(t,J＝8.0Hz,1H), 4.28(s,1H),3.60(q,J＝10.6Hz,2H),2.62–2.52(m,2H),2.46(s,3H),2.45– 2.37(m,2H),2.06–1.97(m,1H),1.83–1.73(m,1H),1.37(d,J＝6.8Hz,3H), 0.90(d,J＝18.3Hz,9H)。

LCMS[M+H] ⁺ 751.8。

Pharmacological activity and use

The activity of the compounds of the invention can be demonstrated using the following assay methods.

Smad3 luciferase reporter Activity assay

Stable expression of pGL4.48[ luc2P/SBE/Hygro]Human kidney epithelial cells HEK293T of plasmid (Promega, product No. E3671) were cultured in dishes in DMEM (Gibco, product No. 12100046) containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS, gibco, product No. 10099141) and 0.1% penicillin/streptomycin solution (P/S) at 37℃and 95% relative humidity at 5% CO ₂ Is cultured in a sterile incubator. Cells in exponential growth phase were seeded into 384 well plates (Corning, product No. 3572) at a density of 5000 cells/well and 40 μl of medium was added per well. After 24 hours, compounds of the different concentrations disclosed herein were added to wells of inoculated cells (9 concentration gradients were set for each compound, with a maximum assay concentration of 10 μm, 3-fold gradient dilution) and the final DMSO concentration was 1%. 20. After an hour, 1ng/ml TGF-beta 1 (R)&Dsystem, product number 240-B). After 4 hours, 10. Mu.L of ONE-Glo was added ^TM Luciferase reporter detection reagent (Progema, product No. E6110) the fluorescent signal was read using station 3 (BioTek). Fitting the data to a dose response curve using GraphPad print 5 resulted in an IC for the test compound ₅₀ Values.

TABLE 1 IC50 values for Smad3 luciferase reporter Activity of some compounds of the invention

/>

/>

A:<100nM；B:100-1000nM；C:1000-5000nM；D:>5000nM

2. Western-blot determination of SMAD3 protein abundance

Human kidney epithelial cells HEK293T were cultured in dishes in DMEM (Gibco, product No. 12100046) containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS, gibco, product No. 10099141) and 0.1% penicillin/streptomycin solution (P/S) at 37℃and 95% relative humidity at 5% CO ₂ Is cultured in a sterile incubator. Cells in exponential growth phase were seeded into 24-well plates (Corning, product No. 3524) at a density of 15000 cells/well, with 1mL of medium added to each well. After 24 hours, compounds of the different concentrations disclosed herein were added to wells of inoculated cells (5 concentration gradients were set for each compound, with a maximum assay concentration of 10 μm, 10-fold gradient dilution) and the final DMSO concentration was 0.1%. After 24 hours, the cells were lysed in SDS (1.45g SDS,0.2g Tris base, 6mL glycerol, 20mg bromophenol blue, 310mg DTT, d) ₂ H ₂ O to volume 40 mL), SMAD3 levels were detected, analyzed by standard molecular biology techniques Western blot immunoblotting. After the cell lysate was boiled at 95℃for 8 minutes, mixed and centrifuged, the total cell proteins in the lysate were transferred to NC membrane (GE, product No. 1060002) by SDS-PAGE (gold Style, product No. M00654), incubated at room temperature in blocking buffer (TAKARA, product No. T7131A) for 60 minutes, and incubated overnight at 4℃with the following antibodies: anti-SMAD 3 (# 9523S, 1:1000), anti-Actin (# 5125S, 1:10000) (all purchased from Cell Signaling Technology). The cells were washed three times with TBST at room temperature for 10 minutes each. Thereafter, incubation was carried out for 60 minutes in blocking buffer containing secondary antibodies (# 7074S,1:10000, purchased from Cell Signaling Technology) at room temperature. Washing with TBST three times at room temperature for 10 minutes each; finally developed with chemiluminescent substrate and imaged using Azure c 300.

As shown in the figures, some of the compounds of the present invention may be effective in degrading SMAD3 protein. As shown in FIG. 1, representative compounds of the present invention HJM-001, HJM-004, HJM-007, HJM-008, HJM-025 and HJM-026 are effective in degrading SMAD3 protein, the more SMAD3 protein degrades as the concentration of the compound increases. In particular for HJM-025 and HJM-026, DC thereof ₅₀ The value was approximately 100nM.

The foregoing is a further detailed description of the invention in connection with the preferred embodiments, and it is not intended that the invention be limited to the specific embodiments described. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that several simple deductions or substitutions may be made without departing from the spirit of the invention, and these should be considered to be within the scope of the invention.

Claims

1. A compound of formula (X), or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof:

w is CRR' or c=o;

l is NR';

X ₁ is CR (CR) _X1 Or N;

X ₂ is CR (CR) _X2 Or N;

X ₃ Is CR (CR) _X3 Or N;

X ₄ is CR (CR) _X4 Or N;

X ₅ is CR (CR) _X5 Or N;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 Or N;

Y ₂ o, S or NR _Y2 ；

R _Y2 selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

Wherein Z is ₁ Is CR (CR) _Z1 Or N;

Z ₂ is CR (CR) _Z2 Or N;

Z ₃ is CR (CR) _Z3 Or N;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

L ₁ is CR (CR) ₁ R ₁ ’；

L ₂ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₃ "or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₄ "or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

L ₅ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₅ "or CR ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₆ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₆ "or CR ₆ R ₆ ’；

L ₇ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₇ "or CR ₇ R ₇ ’；

Or L ₁ 、L ₅ And L ₆ Each independently absent;

or-L ₆ -L ₇ -combining to form-ch=ch-or-c≡c-;

wherein R is ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₂ 、R ₂ ’、R ₃ 、R ₃ ’、R ₄ 、R ₄ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ 、R ₆ ’、R ₇ And R is ₇ ' independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₂ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₃ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₄ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₅ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₆ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₇ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time;

ra is selected from D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;

a compound of formula (I), or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof:

w is CRR' or c=o;

l is NR';

X ₁ is CR (CR) _X1 Or N;

X ₂ is CR (CR) _X2 Or N;

X ₃ is CR (CR) _X3 Or N;

X ₄ is CR (CR) _X4 Or N;

X ₅ is CR (CR) _X5 Or N;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 Or N;

Y ₂ o, S or NR _Y2 ；

R _Y2 selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

Wherein Z is ₁ Is CR (CR) _Z1 Or N;

Z ₂ is CR (CR) _Z2 Or N;

Z ₃ is CR (CR) _Z3 Or N;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

L ₁ is CR (CR) ₁ R ₁ ’；

L ₂ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₃ "or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₄ "or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

L ₅ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₅ "or CR ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₆ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₆ "or CR ₆ R ₆ ’；

L ₇ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₇ "or CR ₇ R ₇ ’；

Or L ₁ 、L ₅ And L ₆ Each independently absent;

or-L ₆ -L ₇ -combining to form-ch=ch-or-c≡c-;

R ₂ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₃ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₄ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₅ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₆ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₇ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

2. The compound of claim 1, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein W is c=o.

3. The compound of claim 1 or 2, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein L is NH.

4. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein X ₂ Is N.

5. The compound of any one of claims 1-4, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein Y ₁ Is CR (CR) _Y1 CH is preferred.

6. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 5, or a tautomer thereofA body, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate, wherein Y ₂ O or S, preferably O.

7. The compound of any one of claims 1-6, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein R ₁ And R is ₂ Are linked and together with the atoms to which they are attached form

Preferably, wherein Z ₁ 、Z ₂ 、Z ₃ And Z ₄ CR respectively _Z1 、CR _Z2 、CR _Z3 And CR (CR) _Z4 Preferably CH; preferably Z ₁ 、Z ₂ 、Z ₃ And Z ₄ CH, CH and N, respectively.

8. The compound of any one of claims 1-7, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein L ₂ For O, S or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；L ₃ For O, S or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；L ₄ For O, S or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；L ₅ For O, S or CR ₅ R ₅ ’；L ₆ For O, S or CR ₆ R ₆ ’。

9. The compound of any one of claims 1-8, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein L ₇ O, S, NH or CH ₂ The method comprises the steps of carrying out a first treatment on the surface of the or-L ₆ -L ₇ -combine to form-ch=ch-or-c≡c-.

10. The compound of any one of claims 1-9, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form C _6-10 Aryl ring or 5-to 7-membered heteroarylene, preferably 1, 4-phenylene, 2, 5-pyridylene, 1, 4-pyrazolylene, 1, 3-pyrrolylene, 1, 4-triazolylene, 2, 5-thiadiazolylene or tetrazolylene.

11. The compound of any one of claims 1-10, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein L ₂ And L ₄ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ And L ₄ Together form C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroarylene, preferably 1, 3-phenylene or 1, 4-triazolylene.

12. The compound of any one of claims 1-11, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents C _5-7 Cycloalkylene radical,

Or C _6-10 Arylene radicals, preferably->

/>

13. The compound of any one of claims 1-12, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, which is a compound of the formula:

/>

/>

wherein the groups are as defined in claims 1-12.

14. The compound of any one of claims 1-13, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, that is a compound of formula (II) or (II-a):

w is CRR' or c=o;

l is NR';

X ₁ is CR (CR) _X1 Or N;

X ₂ is CR (CR) _X2 Or N; preferably N;

X ₃ is CR (CR) _X3 Or N;

X ₄ is CR (CR) _X4 Or N;

X ₅ Is CR (CR) _X5 ；

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 Or N;

Y ₂ o, S or NR _Y2 ；

R _Y2 selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

Z ₁ is CR (CR) _Z1 Or N;

Z ₂ is CR (CR) _Z2 Or N;

Z ₃ is CR (CR) _Z3 Or N;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

L ₂ o, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₃ "or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₄ "or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

L ₅ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₅ "or CR ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₁ And L ₆ CR respectively ₁ R ₁ ' and CR ₆ R ₆ ’；

Or L ₁ 、L ₅ And L ₆ Each independently absent;

R ₂ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₃ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₄ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₅ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

15. The compound of claim 14, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is CRR' or c=o;

wherein R and R' are independently selected from H or D;

l is NH;

X ₁ is CR (CR) _X1 Or N;

X ₂ is CR (CR) _X2 Or N; preferably N;

X ₃ is CR (CR) _X3 Or N;

X ₄ is CR (CR) _X4 Or N;

X ₅ is CR (CR) _X5 ；

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 Or N;

Y ₂ o, S or NR _Y2 ；

Wherein R is _Y1 Independently selected from H or D;

R _Y2 selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group;

Z ₁ is CR (CR) _Z1 Or N;

Z ₂ is CR (CR) _Z2 Or N;

Z ₃ is CR (CR) _Z3 Or N;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

L ₂ o, NR of a shape of O, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ O, NR of a shape of O, NR ₃ "or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ O, NR of a shape of O, NR ₄ "or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

Or L ₁ 、L ₅ And L ₆ Each independently absent;

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents 1, 4-phenylene,

or-L ₃ -L ₄ -L ₅ -represents a 1, 4-phenylene group;

R ₂ "selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group;

R ₃ "selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group;

R ₄ "selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

16. The compound of any one of claims 1-13, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, that is a compound of formula (II-1) or (II-1-a):

w is CRR' or c=o;

X ₁ is CR (CR) _X1 Or N;

X ₂ is CR (CR) _X2 Or N; preferably N;

X ₃ is CR (CR) _X3 Or N;

X ₄ is CR (CR) _X4 Or N;

X ₅ is CR (CR) _X5 ；

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Y ₂ O, S or NR _Y2 ；

R _Y2 selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

L ₂ o, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ For O, S or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ For O, S or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

or L ₂ And L ₅ Is attached to a substituent of L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ And L ₅ Together form C _5-7 Cycloalkylene radicalsA radical, a 5-to 7-membered heterocyclylene radical or C _6-10 Arylene groups;

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents C _5-7 Cycloalkylene, C _6-10 Arylene or

R ₂ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

Provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

17. The compound of claim 16, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is CRR' or c=o;

wherein R and R' are independently selected from H or D;

X ₁ is CR (CR) _X1 Or N;

X ₂ is CR (CR) _X2 Or N; preferably N;

X ₃ is CR (CR) _X3 Or N;

X ₄ is CR (CR) _X4 Or N;

X ₅ Is CR (CR) _X5 ；

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Y ₂ O, S or NR _Y2 ；

Wherein R is _Y1 Independently selected from H or D;

R _Y2 selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

wherein R is _Z4 Selected from H or D;

L ₂ o, NR of a shape of O, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ Is O or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ Is O or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents 1, 4-phenylene or

R ₂ "selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group;

Provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

18. The compound of any one of claims 1-13, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, that is a compound of formula (II-2) or (II-2-a):

w is CRR' or c=o;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Y ₂ O, S or NR _Y2 ；

R _Y2 selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

L ₂ o, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ For O, S or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents C _5-7 Cycloalkylene, C _6-10 Arylene or

R ₂ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

Provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

19. The compound of claim 18, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is CRR' or c=o;

wherein R and R' are independently selected from H or D;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Y ₂ O, S or NR _Y2 ；

Wherein R is _Y1 Independently selected from H or D;

R _Y2 selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

wherein R is _Z4 Selected from H or D;

L ₂ o, NR of a shape of O, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ Is O or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents 1, 4-phenylene or

R ₂ "selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group;

Provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

20. The compound of claim 18, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is CRR' or c=o;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Y ₂ is O or S;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

L ₁ 、L ₂ 、L ₃ 、L ₄ 、L ₅ and L ₆ CR respectively ₁ R ₁ ’、CR ₂ R ₂ ’、CR ₃ R ₃ ’、CR ₄ R ₄ ’、CR ₅ R ₅ ' and CR ₆ R ₆ ’；

21. The compound of claim 20, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is CRR' or c=o;

wherein R and R' are independently selected from H or D;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Wherein R is _Y1 Independently selected from H or D;

Y ₂ is O or S;

Z ₄ is CR (CR) _Z4 Or N;

wherein R is _Z4 Selected from H or D;

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 1, 4-phenylene group;

22. The compound of any one of claims 1-13, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, that is a compound of formula (III-3) or (III-a):

w is CRR' or c=o;

L ₂ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₃ "or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₄ "or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

L ₅ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₅ "or CR ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₁ And L ₆ CR respectively ₁ R ₁ ' and CR ₆ R ₆ ’；

R ₂ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₃ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₄ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₅ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

23. The compound of claim 22, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is c=o;

L ₂ is O or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ O, NR of a shape of O, NR ₃ "or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

R ₃ "selected from H or C _1-6 An alkyl group;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

24. The compound of claim 22, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is CRR' or c=o;

L ₃ for O, S or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

25. The compound of claim 24, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is c=o;

L ₃ is O or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

26. The compound of claim 22, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is CRR' or c=o;

L ₃ is O or S;

27. The compound of claim 26, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

W is c=o;

L ₃ is O;

28. The compound of any one of claims 1-13, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, which is a compound of formula (IV-3):

w is CRR' or c=o;

L ₂ o, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₃ "or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₄ "or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

L ₅ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₅ "or CR ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₁ And L ₆ CR respectively ₁ R ₁ ' and CR ₆ R ₆ ’；

R ₂ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₃ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₄ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₅ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

29. The compound of claim 28, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

W is c=o;

L ₂ is O or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ Is O or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ Is O or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be O at the same time.

30. The compound of claim 28, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is CRR' or c=o;

L ₂ for O, S or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ For O, S or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

31. The compound of claim 30, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

W is c=o;

L ₂ is O or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ Is O or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be O at the same time.

32. The compound of claim 28, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is CRR' or c=o;

L ₃ for O, S or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

33. The compound of claim 30, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is c=o;

L ₃ is O or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

34. The compound of any one of claims 1-13, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, that is a compound of formula (V-2) or (V-2-a):

w is CRR' or c=o;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Y ₂ O, S or NR _Y2 ；

R _Y2 selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

L ₁ is CR (CR) ₁ R ₁ ’；

L ₅ Is CR (CR) ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₆ Is CR (CR) ₆ R ₆ ' or not present;

L ₇ o, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₇ "or CR ₇ R ₇ ’；

Preferably C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroarylene;

R ₇ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group.

35. The compound of claim 34, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

W is CRR' or c=o;

wherein R and R' are independently selected from H or D;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Y ₂ Is O or S;

wherein R is _Y1 Independently selected from H or D;

L ₁ is CR (CR) ₁ R ₁ ’；

L ₅ Is CR (CR) ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₆ Is CR (CR) ₆ R ₆ ' or not present;

L ₇ o, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₇ "or CR ₇ R ₇ ’；

Preferably 1, 4-phenylene or 1, 4-triazolylene;

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents 1, 4-phenylene or

R ₇ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group.

36. The compound of claim 34, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is CRR' or c=o;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Y ₂ O, S or NR _Y2 ；

R _Y2 selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

L ₁ is CR (CR) ₁ R ₁ ’；

L ₅ Is CR (CR) ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₆ Is CR (CR) ₆ R ₆ ’；

L ₇ Is S or NR ₇ ”；

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -watchIndication C _6-10 Arylene or 5-7 membered heteroarylene;

R ₇ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group.

37. The compound of claim 36, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is CRR' or c=o;

wherein R and R' are independently selected from H or D;

Y ₁ is CR (CR) _Y1 ；

Y ₂ Is O or S;

wherein R is _Y1 Independently selected from H or D;

L ₁ is CR (CR) ₁ R ₁ ’；

L ₅ Is CR (CR) ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₆ Is CR (CR) ₆ R ₆ ’；

L ₇ S or NH;

or-L ₂ -L ₃ -L ₄ -represents a 1, 4-phenylene group;

38. The compound of any one of claims 1-13, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, that is a compound of formula (V-3) or (V-3-a):

w is CRR' or c=o;

L ₂ o, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₂ "or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₃ "or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₄ "or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

L ₅ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₅ "or CR ₅ R ₅ ’；

L ₆ O, S, NR of a shape of O, S, NR ₆ "or CR ₆ R ₆ ’；

L ₁ And L ₇ CR respectively ₁ R ₁ ' and CR ₇ R ₇ ’；

or-L ₆ -L ₇ -combining to form-ch=ch-or-c≡c-;

R ₂ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₃ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl orC _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₄ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₅ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

R ₆ "selected from H, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

39. The compound of claim 38, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is c=o;

L ₂ is O or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ Is O or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

L ₄ Is O or CR ₄ R ₄ ’；

or-L ₆ -L ₇ -combine to form-c≡c-;

wherein R is ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₂ 、R ₂ ’、R ₃ 、R ₃ ’、R ₄ 、R ₄ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ 、R ₆ ’、R ₇ And R is ₇ ' is independently selected from H or D;

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be O at the same time.

40. The compound of claim 38, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is CRR' or c=o;

L ₂ is O or S;

-L ₆ -L ₇ -combining to form-ch=ch-or-c≡c-;

41. The compound of claim 40, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is c=o;

L ₂ is O;

-L ₆ -L ₇ -combine to form-c≡c-;

42. The compound of claim 40, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is CRR' or c=o;

L ₂ for O, S or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ For O, S or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be heteroatoms at the same time.

43. The compound of claim 42, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

W is c=o;

L ₂ is O or CR ₂ R ₂ ’；

L ₃ Is O or CR ₃ R ₃ ’；

provided that two adjacent atoms cannot be O at the same time.

44. The compound of claim 38, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is CRR' or c=o;

L ₃ is O or S;

L ₁ 、L ₂ 、L ₄ 、L ₅ 、L ₆ and L ₇ CR respectively ₁ R ₁ ’、CR ₂ R ₂ ’、CR ₄ R ₄ ’、CR ₅ R ₅ ’、CR ₆ R ₆ ' and CR ₇ R ₇ ’；

Wherein R is ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₂ 、R ₂ ’、R ₄ 、R ₄ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ 、R ₆ ’、R ₇ And R is ₇ ' independently selected from H, D, halogen, C _1-6 Alkyl or C _1-6 A haloalkyl group;

or R is ₂ And R is ₂ ’、R ₄ And R is ₄ ’、R ₅ And R is ₅ ’、R ₆ And R is ₆ ’、R ₇ And R is ₇ ' bond formation = O.

45. The compound of claim 44, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein:

w is c=o;

L ₃ is O;

Wherein R is ₁ 、R ₁ ’、R ₂ 、R ₂ ’、R ₄ 、R ₄ ’、R ₅ 、R ₅ ’、R ₆ 、R ₆ ’、R ₇ And R is ₇ ' is independently selected from H or D.

46. The compound of claim 1, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:

/>

/>

/>

/>

/>

/>

47. a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1-46, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

48. Use of a compound of any one of claims 1-46, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition of claim 47, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of Smad3 protein-mediated diseases.

49. A method of treating and/or preventing a Smad3 protein-mediated disease in a subject comprising administering to the subject a compound of any one of claims 1-46, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystalline form, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition of claim 47.

50. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 46, or a tautomer, stereoisomer, prodrug, crystal, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 47, for use in the treatment and/or prophylaxis of Smad3 protein-mediated diseases.

51. The use according to claim 48 or the use of the method of claim 49 or the use of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of claim 50, wherein said Smad3 protein-mediated disease is selected from the group consisting of autoimmune diseases, inflammation, tissue fibrosis, and tumors.